Chapter 143B.

Executive Organization Act of 1973.

Article 1.

General Provisions.

Part 1.  In General.

§ 143B‑1.  Short title.

This Chapter shall be known and may be cited as the "Executive Organization Act of 1973." (1973, c. 476, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑2.  Interim applicability of the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

The Executive Organization Act of 1973 shall be applicable only to the following named departments:

(1)       Department of Cultural Resources

(2)       Department of Health and Human Services

(3)       Department of Revenue

(4)       Department of Crime Control and Public Safety

(5)       Department of Correction

(6)       Department of Environment and Natural Resources

(7)       Department of Transportation

(8)       Department of Administration

(9)       Department of Commerce

(10)     Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. (1973, c. 476, s. 2; c. 620, s. 9; c. 1262, ss. 10, 86; 1975, c. 716, s. 5; c. 879, s. 46; 1977, c. 70, s. 22; c. 198, s. 21; c. 771, s. 4; 1989, c. 727, s. 218(121); c. 751, s. 7(18); 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 959, s. 37; 1997‑443, ss. 11A.118(a), 11A.119(a); 2000‑137, s. 4(ll).)

 

§ 143B‑3.  Definitions.

As used in the Executive Organization Act of 1973, except where the context clearly requires otherwise, the words and expressions defined in this section shall be held to have the meanings here given to them.

(1)       Agency: whenever the term "agency" is used it shall mean and include, as the context may require, an existing department, institution, commission, committee, board, division, bureau, officer or official.

(2)       Board: a collective body which assists the head of a principal department or his designee in the development of major programs including the tender of advice on departmental priorities.

(3)       Commission: a collective body which adopts rules and regulations in a quasi‑legislative manner and which acts in a quasi‑judicial capacity in rendering findings or decisions involving differing interests.

(4)       Committee: a collective body which either advises the head of a principal department or his designee or advises a commission in detailed technical areas.

(5)       Council: a collective body which advises the head of a principal department or his designee as representative of citizen advice in specific areas of interests.

(6)       Division: the principal subunit of a principal State department.

(7)       Head of department: head of one of the principal State departments.

(8)       Higher education: State senior institutions of higher learning.

(9)       Principal State department: one of the departments created by the General Assembly in compliance with Article III, Sec. 11, of the Constitution of North Carolina. (1973, c. 476, s. 3.)

 

§ 143B‑4.  Policy‑making authority and administrative powers of Governor; delegation.

The Governor, in accordance with Article III of the Constitution of North Carolina, shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the State. The Governor shall be responsible for formulating and administering the policies of the executive branch of the State government. Where a conflict arises in connection with the administration of the policies of the executive branch of the State government with respect to the reorganization of State government, the conflict shall be resolved by the Governor, and the decision of the Governor shall be final. (1973, c. 476, s. 4.)

 

§ 143B‑5.  Governor; continuation of powers and duties.

All powers, duties, and functions vested by law in the Governor or in the Office of Governor are continued except as otherwise provided by the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

The immediate staff of the Governor shall not be subject to the State Personnel Act. (1973, c. 476, s. 5.)

 

§ 143B‑6.  Principal departments.

In addition to the principal departments enumerated in the Executive Organization Act of 1971, all executive and administrative powers, duties, and functions not including those of the General Assembly and its agencies, the General Court of Justice and the administrative agencies created pursuant to Article IV of the Constitution of North Carolina, and higher education previously vested by law in the several State agencies, are vested in the following principal departments:

(1)       Department of Cultural Resources

(2)       Department of Health and Human Services

(3)       Department of Revenue

(4)       Department of Crime Control and Public Safety

(5)       Department of Correction

(6)       Department of Environment and Natural Resources

(7)       Department of Transportation

(8)       Department of Administration

(9)       Department of Commerce

(10)     Community Colleges System Office

(11)     Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. (1973, c. 476, s. 6; c. 620, s. 9; c. 1262, ss. 10, 86; 1975, c. 716, s. 5; c. 879, s. 46; 1977, c. 70, s. 23; c. 198, s. 22; c. 771, s. 4; 1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1130, s. 3; 1989, c. 727, s. 218(122); c. 751, s. 7(19); 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 959, s. 38; 1997‑443, ss. 11A.118(a), 11A.119(a); 1999‑84, s. 23; 2000‑137, s. 4(mm).)

 

§ 143B‑7.  Continuation of functions.

Each principal State department shall be considered a continuation of the former agencies to whose power it has succeeded for the purpose of succession to all rights, powers, duties, and obligations of the former agency. Where a former agency is referred to by law, contract, or other document, that reference shall apply to the principal State department now exercising the functions of the former agency. (1973, c. 476, s. 7.)

 

§ 143B‑8.  Unassigned functions.

All functions, duties, and responsibilities established by law that are not specifically assigned to any principal State department may be assigned by the Governor to that department which, in accordance with the organization of State government, can most appropriately and effectively perform those functions, duties, and responsibilities. This provision shall not apply to professional and occupational licensing boards or to higher education. (1973, c. 476, s. 8.)

 

§ 143B‑9.  Appointment of officers and employees.

The head of each principal State department, except those departments headed by popularly elected officers, shall be appointed by the Governor and serve at his pleasure.

The salary of the head of each of the principal State departments and of elected officials shall be as provided by law.

The head of a principal State department shall appoint a chief deputy or chief assistant, and such chief deputy or chief assistant shall not be subject to the State Personnel Act. The salary of such chief deputy or chief assistant shall, upon the recommendation of the  Governor, be set by the General Assembly. Unless otherwise provided for in the Executive Organization Act of 1973, and subject to the provisions of the Personnel Act, the head of each principal State department shall designate the administrative head of each transferred agency and all employees of each division, section, or other unit of the principal State department. (1973, c. 476, s. 9; 1977, c. 802, s. 42.20; 1983, c. 717, s. 51.)

 

§ 143B‑10.  Powers and duties of heads of principal departments.

(a)       Assignment of Functions. – Except as otherwise provided by this Chapter, the head of each principal State department may assign or reassign any function vested in him or in his department to any subordinate officer or employee of his department.

(b)       Reorganization by Department Heads. – With the approval of the Governor, each head of a principal State department may establish or abolish within his department any division. Each head of a principal State department may establish or abolish within his department any other administrative unit to achieve economy and efficiency and in accordance with sound administrative principles, practices, and procedures except as otherwise provided by law. When any such act of the head of the principal State department affects existing law the provisions of Article III, Sec. 5(10) of the Constitution of North Carolina shall be followed.

Each Department Head shall report all reorganizations under this subsection to the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Chairmen of the Appropriations Committees in the Senate and the House of Representatives, and the Fiscal Research Division of the Legislative Services Office, within 30 days after the reorganization if the General Assembly is in session, otherwise to the Joint Legislative Committee on Governmental Operations and the Fiscal Research Division of the Legislative Services Office, within 30 days after the reorganization. The report shall include the rationale for the reorganization and any increased efficiency in operations expected from the reorganization.

(c)       Department Staffs. – The head of each principal State department may establish necessary subordinate positions within his department, make appointments to those positions, and remove persons appointed to those positions, all within the limitations of appropriations and subject to the State Personnel Act. All employees within a principal State department shall be under the supervision, direction, and control of the head of that department. The head of each principal State department may establish or abolish positions, transfer officers and employees between positions, and change the duties, titles, and compensation of existing offices and positions as he deems necessary for the efficient functioning of the department, subject to the State Personnel Act and the limitations of available appropriations. For the purposes of the foregoing provisions, a member of a board, commission, council, committee, or other citizen group shall not be considered an "employee within a principal department."

(d)       Appointment of Committees or Councils. – The head of each principal department may create and appoint committees or councils to consult with and advise the department. The General Assembly declares its policy that insofar as feasible, such committees or councils shall consist of no more than 12 members, with not more than one from each congressional district. If any department head desires to vary this policy, he must make a request in writing to the Governor, stating the reasons for the request. The Governor may approve the request, but may only do so in writing. Copies of the request and approval shall be transmitted to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations. The members of any committee or council created by the head of a principal department shall serve at the pleasure of the head of the principal department and may be paid per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses within the limits of appropriations and in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5, when approved in advance by the Director of the Budget. Per diem, travel, and subsistence payments to members of the committees or councils created in connection with federal programs shall be paid from federal funds unless otherwise provided by law.

An annual report listing these committees or councils, the total membership on each, the cost in the last 12 months and the source of funding, and the title of the person who made the appointments shall be made to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations by March 31 of each year.

(e)       Departmental Management Functions. – All management functions of a principal State department shall be performed by or under the direction and supervision of the head of that principal State department. Management functions shall include planning, organizing, staffing, directing, coordinating, reporting, and budgeting.

(f)        Custody of Records. – The head of a principal State department shall have legal custody of all public records as defined in G.S. 132‑1.

(g)       Budget Preparation. – The head of a principal State department shall be responsible for the preparation of and the presentation of the department budget request which shall include all funds requested and all receipts expected for all elements of the department.

(h)       Plans and Reports. – Each principal State department shall submit to the Governor an annual plan of work for the next fiscal year prior to the beginning of that fiscal year. Each principal State department shall submit to the Governor an annual report covering programs and activities for each fiscal year. These plans of work and annual reports shall be made available to the General Assembly. These documents will serve as the base for the development of budgets for each principal State department of State government to be submitted to the Governor.

(i)        Reports to Governor; Public Hearings. – Each head of a principal State department shall develop and report to the Governor legislative, budgetary, and administrative programs to accomplish comprehensive, long‑range coordinated planning and policy formulation in the work of his department. To this end, the head of the department may hold public hearings, consult with and use the services of other State agencies, employ staff and consultants, and appoint advisory and technical committees to assist in the work.

(j)        Departmental Rules and Policies. – The head of each principal State department and the Director of the Office of State Personnel may adopt:

(1)       Rules consistent with law for the custody, use, and preservation of any public records, as defined in G.S. 132‑1, which pertain to department business;

(2)       Rules, approved by the Governor, to govern the management of the department, which shall include the functions of planning, organizing, staffing, directing, coordinating, reporting, budgeting, and budget preparation which affect private rights or procedures available to the public;

(3)       Policies, consistent with law and with rules established by the Governor and with rules of the State Personnel Commission, which reflect internal management procedures within the department. These may include policies governing the conduct of employees of the department, the distribution and performance of business and internal management procedures which do not affect private rights or procedures available to the public and which are listed in (e) of this section. Policies establishing qualifications for employment shall be adopted and filed pursuant to Chapter 150B of the General Statutes; all other policies under this subdivision shall not be adopted or filed pursuant to Chapter 150B of the General Statutes.

Rules adopted under (1) and (2) of this subsection shall be subject to the provisions of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes.

This subsection shall not be construed as a legislative grant of authority to an agency to make and promulgate rules concerning any policies and procedures other than as set forth herein. (1973, c. 476, s. 10; c. 1416, ss. 1, 2; 1977, 2nd Sess., c. 1219, s. 46; 1983, c. 76, ss. 1, 2; c. 641, s. 8; c. 717, s. 78; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 955, ss. 97, 98; 1987, c. 738, s. 147; c. 827, s. 1; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 1038, s. 15; 2006‑203, s. 101.)

 

§ 143B‑11.  Subunit nomenclature.

(a)       The principal subunit of a department is a division.  Each division shall be headed by a director.

(b)       The principal subunit of a division is a section.  Each section shall be headed by a chief.

(c)       If further subdivision is necessary, sections may be divided into subunits which shall be known as branches and which shall be headed by heads, and branches may be divided into subunits which shall be known as units and which shall be headed by supervisors. (1973, c. 476, s. 11.)

 

§ 143B‑12.  Internal organization of departments; allocation and reallocation of duties and functions; limitations.

(a)       The Governor shall cause the administrative organization of each department to be examined periodically with a view to promoting economy, efficiency, and effectiveness. The Governor may assign and reassign the duties and functions of the executive branch among the principal State departments except as otherwise expressly provided by statute. When the changes affect existing law, they must be submitted to the General Assembly in accordance with Article III, Sec. 5(10) of the Constitution of North Carolina.

(b)       The Governor shall report all transfers of departmental functions under this section to the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Chairmen of the Appropriations Committees in the Senate and the House of Representatives, and the Fiscal Research Division of the Legislative Services Office, within 30 days after the transfer if the General Assembly is in session, otherwise to the Joint Legislative Committee on Governmental Operations and the Fiscal Research Division of the Legislative Services Office, within 30 days after the transfer. The report shall include the rationale for the transfer and the increased efficiency in operations expected from the transfer. (1973, c. 476, s. 12; 1985, c. 479, s. 164.)

 

§ 143B‑13.  Appointment, qualifications, terms, and removal of members of commissions.

(a)       Each member of a commission created by or under the authority of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 shall be a resident of the State of North Carolina, unless otherwise specifically authorized by law.

Unless more restrictive qualifications are provided in the Executive Organization Act of 1973, the Governor shall appoint each member on the basis of interest in public affairs, good judgment, knowledge, and ability in the field for which appointed, and with a view to providing diversity of interest and points of view in the membership.

The balance of unexpired terms of existing commission members shall be served in accordance with their most recent appointment.

A vacancy occurring during a term of office is filled in the same manner as the original appointment is made and for the balance of the unexpired term, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Constitution of North Carolina.

(b)       A commission membership becomes vacant on the happening of any of the following events before the expiration of the term: (i) the death of the incumbent, (ii) his incompetence as determined by final judgment or final order of a court of competent jurisdiction, (iii) his resignation, (iv) his removal from office, (v) his ceasing to be a resident of the State, (vi) his ceasing to discharge the duties of his office over a period of three consecutive months except when prevented by sickness, (vii) his conviction of a felony or of any offense involving a violation of his official duties, (viii) his refusal or neglect to take an oath within the time prescribed, (ix) the decision of a court of competent jurisdiction declaring void his appointment, and (x) his commitment as a substance abuser under Part 8 of Article 5 of Chapter 122C of the General Statutes; but in that event, the office shall not be considered vacant until the order of commitment has become final.

(c)       No member of the State commission may use his position to influence any election or the political activity of any person, and any such member who violates this subsection may be removed from such office by the Governor, if such member was appointed by the Governor, or by the appointing authority, if such member was not appointed by the Governor. Nothing herein shall prohibit such member from publishing the fact of his membership in his own campaign for public office.

(d)       In addition to the foregoing, any member of a commission may be removed from office by the Governor for misfeasance, malfeasance, and nonfeasance.

(e)       Any appointment by the Governor to a commission, board, council or committee made subsequent to January 5, 1973, and prior to July 1, 1973, for a term that would extend for a period inconsistent with the staggered term provisions of the Executive Organization Act of 1973, may be reduced by the Governor to conform to those staggered term provisions.

(f)        Whenever a statute requires that the Governor appoint at least one person from each congressional district to a board or commission, and due to congressional redistricting, two or more members of the board or commission shall reside in the same congressional district, then such members shall continue to serve as members of the board or commission for a period equal to the remainder of their unexpired terms, provided that upon the expiration of said term or terms the Governor shall fill such vacancy or vacancies in such a manner as to insure that as expeditiously as possible there is one member of the board or commission who is a resident of each congressional district in the State.

(f1)     Whenever a statute requires that the Governor or any board, commission, council, person, or agency (whether or not that board, commission, council, or agency was established under this Chapter) appoint one or more persons from each congressional district to a board, commission, or council, and due to congressional redistricting, a person no longer resides in the district the member has been appointed to represent, such member or members shall, if otherwise qualified, continue to serve as members of the board or commission for the remainder of their unexpired terms, and shall be considered to meet the residency requirement.

(f2)     Whenever a statute requires that the Governor or any board, commission, council, person, or agency (whether or not that board, commission, council, or agency was established under this Chapter) appoint one or more persons from each congressional district to a board, commission, or council, and the statute fails to provide for a procedure to fill the extra position due to the addition of an additional congressional district, then the appointing authority shall appoint a person for a term commencing on January 3rd of the year in which the addition of the additional congressional district becomes effective. Unless the statute provides for persons to serve at the pleasure of the appointing authority, the appointing authority shall set the length of the initial term of office. (1973, c. 476, s. 13; 1975, c. 879, s. 47; 1981, c. 520, s. 1; 1981 (Reg. Sess., 1982), c. 1191, s. 5; 1985, c. 589, ss. 45, 46; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 1038, s. 16.)

 

§ 143B‑14.  Administrative services to commissions.

(a)       The head of the principal State department to which a commission has been assigned is responsible for the provision of all administrative services to the commission.

(b)       Except as otherwise provided by law, the powers, duties, and functions of a commission are not subject to the approval, review, or control of the head of the department or of the Governor.

(c)       The Governor may assign to an appropriate commission created by the Executive Organization Act of 1973 duties of a quasi‑legislative and quasi‑judicial nature existing in the executive branch of State government which have not been assigned by this Chapter to any other commission. All such assignment of duties by the Governor to a commission shall be made in accordance with Article III, Sec. 5(10) of the Constitution of North Carolina.

(d)       All management functions of a commission shall be performed by the head of the principal State department. Management functions shall include planning, organizing, staffing, directing, coordinating, reporting, and budgeting. (1973, c. 476, s. 14; c. 1416, s. 3; 1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1137, s. 41.2; 1981, c. 688, s. 20; 1983, c. 927, s. 11; 1987, c. 827, s. 221; 1991, c. 418, s. 9.)

 

§ 143B‑15.  Compensation of members of commissions.

The salary of members of full‑time commissions shall be set by the General Assembly upon recommendation of the Governor to be submitted as a part of his budget requests. (1973, c. 476, s. 15.)

 

§ 143B‑16.  Appointment and removal of members of boards, councils and committees.

Unless more restrictive qualifications are provided in this Chapter, the Governor shall appoint each member of a board, council, or committee on the basis of his interest in public affairs, good judgment, knowledge and ability in the field for which appointed, and with a view to providing diversity of interest and points of view in the membership. Unless other conditions are provided in the Executive Organization Act of 1973, any member of a board, council, or committee may be removed from office by the Governor for misfeasance, malfeasance, or nonfeasance.

No member of a board, council, or committee may use his position to influence any election or the political activity of any person, and any such member who violates this paragraph may be removed from such office by the Governor, if such member was appointed by the Governor, or by the appointing authority, if such member was not appointed by the Governor. Nothing herein shall prohibit such member from publishing the fact of his membership in his own campaign for public office. (1973, c. 476, s. 16; 1981, c. 520, s. 2.)

 

§ 143B‑17.  Commission investigations and orders.

Unless otherwise provided for in the Executive Organization Act of 1973, any commission created by the Executive Organization Act of 1973 may order an investigation into areas of concern over which it has rule‑making authority, and the head of the department required to give staff support to such commission shall render such reports and information as the commission may require. In default of the production of information by the head of the principal department or any employee or agent thereof, the commission may seek the aid of the  Wake County Superior Court to require the production of information as hereinafter provided.

In proceedings before any commission or any hearing officer or member of the commission so authorized by the commission, if any person refuses to respond to a subpoena, or refuses to take the oath or affirmation as a witness or thereafter refuses to be examined or refuses to obey any lawful order of a commission contained in its decision rendered after hearing, the chairman of the commission may apply to the Superior Court of Wake County or to the superior court of the county where the proceedings are being held for an order directing that person to take the requisite action. Should any person willfully  fail to comply with an order so issued, the court shall punish him as  for contempt. (1973, c. 476, s. 17.)

 

§ 143B‑18:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  418, s. 10.

 

§ 143B‑19.  Pending actions and proceedings.

No action or proceeding pending at the time the Executive Organization Act of 1973 takes effect and brought by or against any State agency whose functions, powers, and duties are transferred by the Executive Organization Act of 1973 to a principal State department shall be affected by any provision of the Executive Organization Act of 1973, but the same may be prosecuted or defended in the name of the head of the principal State department. In all such actions and proceedings, the principal State department to which the functions, powers, and duties of a State agency have been transferred shall be substituted as a party upon appropriate application to the courts. (1973, c. 476, s. 19.)

 

§ 143B‑20:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  418, s. 10.

 

§ 143B‑21.  Affirmation of prior acts of abolished agencies.

The abolition of certain agencies by the Executive Organization Act of 1973 should not be construed as invalidating any lawful prior act of such agency. (1973, c. 476, s. 21.)

 

§ 143B‑22.  Terms occurring in laws, contracts and other documents.

Any reference or designation in any statute, contract, or other document pertaining to functions, powers, obligations, and duties of a State agency assigned by the Executive Organization Act of 1973 to a principal State department shall be deemed to refer to the principal State department or the head of the principal State department, as may be appropriate. (1973, c. 476, s. 22.)

 

§ 143B‑23.  Completion of unfinished business.

Any business or other matter undertaken or commenced by any State agency or the commissioners or directors thereof, pertaining to or connected with the functions, powers, obligations, and duties hereby transferred to a principal State department, and pending on July 1, 1973, may be conducted and completed by the principal State department in the same manner and under the same terms and conditions and with the same effect as if conducted and completed by the State agency or commissioners and directors thereof. (1973, c. 476, s. 23.)

 

§ 143B‑24.  Cooperative agreements.

Except as otherwise provided by law, each principal State department may, with the approval of the Department of Administration, enter into cooperative agreements with the federal government, any state government, any agency of the State government, any local government of the State, jointly with any two or more, or severally, in carrying out its functions. (1973, c. 476, s. 24.)

 

§ 143B‑25.  Agencies not enumerated.

Any agency not enumerated in the Executive Organization Act of 1973 but established or created by the General Assembly shall continue to exercise all its powers, duties, and functions subject to the provisions of Chapter 143A of the General Statutes of the State of North Carolina. (1973, c. 476, s. 25.)

 

§ 143B‑26.  Constitutional references.

All references to the Constitution of North Carolina in the Executive Organization Act of 1973 refer to the Constitution of North Carolina as effective July 1, 1973. (1973, c. 476, s. 26.)

 

§ 143B‑27.  Repealed by Session Laws 1983, c. 717, s. 79.

 

§ 143B‑28.  Goals of continuing reorganization.

Structural reorganization of State government should be a continuing process, accomplished through careful executive and legislative appraisal of the placement of proposed new programs and coordination of existing programs in response to changing emphases in public needs and should be consistent with the following goals:

(1)       The organization of State government should assure its responsiveness to popular control. It is the goal of reorganization to improve the administrative capability of the executive to carry out these policies.

(2)       The organization of State government should aid communication between citizens and government. It is the goal of reorganization through coordination of related programs in function‑oriented departments to improve public understanding of government programs and policies and to improve the relationships between citizens and administrative agencies.

(3)       The organization of State government should assure efficient  and effective administration of the policies established by the General Assembly. It is the goal of reorganization to promote efficiency and effectiveness by improving the management and coordination of State services and by eliminating ineffective, overstaffed, obsolete or overlapping activities. (1973, c. 476, s. 28.)

 

§§ 143B‑29.  Reserved for future codification.

 

Part 2.  Governor's Administrative Rules Review Commission.

§§ 143B‑29.1 to 143B‑29.5:  Repealed by Session Laws 1985, c. 746, s. 7.

 

Part 3.

Rules Review Commission.

§ 143B‑30:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 418, s. 5.

 

§ 143B‑30.1.  Rules Review Commission created.

(a)       The Rules Review Commission is created. The Commission shall consist of 10 members to be appointed by the General Assembly, five upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, and five upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives. These appointments shall be made in accordance with G.S. 120‑121, and vacancies in these appointments shall be filled in accordance with G.S. 120‑122. Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, all appointees shall serve two‑year terms.

(b)       In 1990, two of the appointments made by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the President of the Senate shall expire June 30, 1991, and two shall expire June 30, 1992. In 1990, two of the appointments made by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives shall expire June 30, 1992, and two shall expire June 30, 1993. Subsequent terms shall be for two years.

(c)       Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Commission created by the resignation, dismissal, ineligibility, death, or disability of any member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term. The chairman shall be elected by the Commission, and he shall designate the times and places at which the Commission shall meet. The Commission shall meet at least once a month. A quorum of the Commission shall consist of six members of the Commission.

(d)       Members of the Commission who are not officers or employees of the State shall receive compensation of two hundred dollars ($200.00) for each day or part of a day of service plus reimbursement for travel and subsistence expenses at the rates specified in G.S. 138‑5. Members of the Commission who are officers or employees of the State shall receive reimbursement for travel and subsistence at the rate set out in G.S. 138‑6.

(e)       The Chief Administrative Law Judge, Office of Administrative Hearings, shall assign the staff and designate the Director of the Commission in accordance with G.S. 7A‑760.

(f)        The Commission shall prescribe procedures and forms to be used in submitting rules to the Commission for review. The Commission may have computer access to the North Carolina Administrative Code to enable the Commission and its staff to view and copy rules in the Code. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1028, s. 32; 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 1111, s. 2; 1989, c. 35, s. 2; 1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1038, s. 18; 1991, c. 418, s. 11; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 1030, s. 43; 1995, c. 490, s. 43; 1997‑495, s. 90(a), (b); 2004‑124, s. 22A.1(b); 2006‑66, s. 18.2(f); 2006‑221, s. 20.)

 

§ 143B‑30.2.  Purpose of Commission.

The Rules Review Commission reviews administrative rules in accordance with Chapter 150B of the General Statutes. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1028, s. 32; 1987, c. 285, ss. 1‑5; 1991, c. 418, s. 12.)

 

§ 143B‑30.3:  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c.  418, s. 5.

 

§ 143B‑30.4.  Evidence.

Evidence of the Commission's failure to object to and delay the filing of a rule or its part shall be inadmissible in all civil or criminal trials or other proceedings before courts, administrative agencies, or other tribunals. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1028, s. 32.)

 

§§ 143B‑31 through 143B‑48.  Reserved for future codification.

 

Article 2.

Department of Cultural Resources.

Part 1. General Provisions.

§ 143B‑49.  Department of Cultural Resources – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created a department to be known as the "Department of Cultural Resources," with the organization, duties, functions, and powers defined in the Executive Organization Act of 1973. (1973, c. 476, s. 29.)

 

§ 143B‑50.  Duties of the Department.

It shall be the duty of the Department to provide the necessary management, development of policy and establishment and enforcement of standards for the furtherance of resources, services and programs involving the arts and the historical and cultural aspects of the lives of the citizens of North Carolina. (1973, c. 476, s. 30.)

 

§ 143B‑51.  Functions of the Department.

(a)       The functions of the Department of Cultural Resources shall comprise, except as otherwise expressly provided by the Executive Organization Act of 1973 or by the Constitution of North Carolina, all executive functions of the State in relation to the development and preservation of libraries, historical records, sites and property, and of an appreciation of art and music and further including those prescribed powers, duties, and functions enumerated in Article 17 of Chapter 143A of the General Statutes of this State.

(b)       All such functions, powers, duties, and obligations heretofore  vested in any agency enumerated in Article 17 of Chapter 143A of the General Statutes are hereby transferred to and vested in the Department of Cultural Resources except as otherwise provided by the Executive Organization Act of 1973. They shall include, by way of extension and not of limitation, the functions of:

(1)       The Secretary and Department of Art, Culture and History;

(2)       The State Department of Archives and History;

(3)       The North Carolina Advisory Council on Historic Preservation;

(4)       The North Carolina State Library;

(5)       The Interstate Library Compact;

(6)       The North Carolina Museum of Art;

(7)       The North Carolina State Art Society, Inc.;

(8)       The North Carolina Symphony Society, Inc.;

(9)       The State Art Museum Building Commission;

(10)     The Library Certification Board;

(11)     The Tryon Palace Commission;

(12)     The North Carolina Arts Council;

(13)     The U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission;

(14)     The Memorials Commission;

(15)     The Commission to Promote Plans for the Celebration of the Four Hundredth Anniversary of the Landing of Sir Walter Raleigh's Colony on Roanoke Island;

(16)     The Executive Mansion Fine Arts Commission;

(17)     The North Carolina American Revolution Bicentennial Commission;

(18)     The North Carolina Awards Commission;

(19)     The Tobacco Museum Board;

(20)     The Roanoke Island Historical Association, Inc.;

(21)     The Sir Walter Raleigh Memorial Commission;

(22)     The Governor Richard Caswell Memorial Commission;

(23)     The Historic Swansboro Commission;

(24)     The Edenton Historical Commission;

(25)     The Historic Bath Commission;

(26)     The Historic Hillsborough Commission;

(27)     The John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission;

(28)     The Historic Murfreesboro Commission;

(29)     The Charles B. Aycock Memorial Commission;

(30)     The Frying Pan Lightship Marine Museum Commission;

(31)     The Guilford County Bicentennial Commission;

(32)     The Daniel Boone Memorial Commission;

(33)     The Bennett Place Memorial Commission;

(34)     The Durham‑Orange Historical Commission;

(35)     The Pitt County Historical Commission;

(36)     The Transylvania County Historical Commission;

(37)     The Lenoir County Historical and Patriotic Commission;

(38)     The Raleigh Historic Sites Commission; and

(39)     The Stonewall Jackson Memorial Fund. (1973, c. 476, s. 31.)

 

§ 143B‑52.  Head of the Department.

The Secretary of Cultural Resources shall be the head of the Department. (1973, c. 476, s. 32.)

 

§ 143B‑53.  Organization of the Department.

The Department of Cultural Resources shall be organized initially to include the Art Commission, the Art Museum Building Commission, the North Carolina Historical Commission, the Tryon Palace Commission, the U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission, the Sir Walter Raleigh Commission, the Executive Mansion Fine Arts Committee, the American Revolution Bicentennial Committee, the North Carolina Awards Committee, the America's Four Hundredth Anniversary Committee, the North Carolina Arts Council, the Public Librarian Certification Commission, the State Library Commission, the North Carolina Symphony Society, Inc., the North Carolina State Art Society, and the Division of the State Library, the Division of Archives and History, the Division of the Arts, and such other divisions as may be established under the provisions of the Executive Organization Act of 1973. (1973, c. 476, s. 33; 1981, c. 918, s. 1; 2006‑66, s. 22.22(e); 2006‑221, s. 23.)

 

§ 143B‑53.1.  Appropriation, allotment, and expenditure of funds for historic and archeological property.

The Department of Cultural Resources may not expend any State funds for the acquisition, preservation, restoration, or operation of historic or archeological real and personal property, and the Director of the Budget may not allot any appropriations to the Department of Cultural Resources for a particular historic site until (i) the property or properties shall have been approved for such purpose by the Department of Cultural Resources according to criteria adopted by the North Carolina Historical Commission, (ii) the report and recommendation of the North Carolina Historical Commission has been received and considered by the Department of Cultural Resources, and (iii) the Department of Cultural Resources has found that there is a feasible and practical method of providing funds for the acquisition, restoration and/or operation of such property. (1963, c. 210, s. 3; 1973, c. 476, s. 48; 1985 (Reg. Sess; 1986), c. 1014, s. 171(e); 2006‑203, s. 7.)

 

§ 143B‑53.2.  Salaries, promotions, and leave of employees of the North Carolina Department of Cultural Resources.

(a),      (b) Repealed by Session Laws 2007‑484, s. 9(b), effective August 30, 2007.

(c)       The exemptions to Chapter 126 of the General Statutes authorized by G.S. 126‑5(c11) for the employees of the Department of Cultural Resources listed in that subsection shall be used to develop organizational classification and compensation innovations that will result in the enhanced efficiency of operations. The Office of State Personnel shall assist the Secretary of the Department of Cultural Resources in the development and implementation of an organizational structure and human resources programs that make the most appropriate use of the exemptions, including (i) a system of job categories or descriptions tailored to the agency's needs; (ii) policies regarding paid time off for agency personnel and the voluntary sharing of such time off; and (iii) a system of uniform performance assessments for agency personnel tailored to the agency's needs. The Secretary of the Department of Cultural Resources may, under the supervision of the Office of State Personnel, develop and implement organizational classification and compensation innovations having the potential to benefit all State agencies. (2006‑204, s. 3; 2007‑484, s. 9(b).)

 

Part 2. Art Commission.

§§ 143B‑54 through 143B‑57.  Repealed by Session Laws 1979, 2nd Session, c. 1306, s. 5.

 

Part 3.  Art Museum Building Commission.

§ 143B‑58 through 143B‑61.1:  Repealed by Session Laws 2000‑140, s.  78.

 

Part 4. North Carolina Historical Commission.

§ 143B‑62.  North Carolina Historical Commission – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the North Carolina Historical Commission of the Department of Cultural Resources to give advice and assistance to the Secretary of Cultural Resources and to promulgate rules and regulations to be followed in the acquisition, disposition, preservation, and use of records, artifacts, real and personal property, and other materials and properties of historical, archaeological, architectural, or other cultural value, and in the extension of State aid to other agencies, counties, municipalities, organizations, and individuals in the interest of historic preservation.

(1)       The Historical Commission shall have the following powers and duties:

a.         To advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources on the scholarly editing, writing, and publication of historical materials to be issued under the name of the Department.

b.         To evaluate and approve proposed nominations of historic, archaeological, architectural, or cultural properties for entry on the National Register of Historic Places.

c.         To evaluate and approve the State plan for historic preservation as provided for in Chapter 121.

d.         To evaluate and approve historic, archaeological, architectural, or cultural properties proposed to be acquired and administered by the State.

e.         To evaluate and prepare a report on its findings and recommendations concerning any property not owned by the State for which State aid or appropriations are requested from the Department of Cultural Resources, and to submit its findings and recommendations in accordance with Chapter 121.

f.          To serve as an advisory and coordinative mechanism in and by which State undertakings of every kind that are potentially harmful to the cause of historic preservation within the State may be discussed, and where possible, resolved, particularly by evaluating and making recommendations concerning any State undertaking which may affect a property that has been entered on the National Register of Historic Places as provided for in Chapter 121 of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

g.         To exercise any other powers granted to the Commission by provisions of Chapter 121 of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

h.         To give its professional advice and assistance to the Secretary of Cultural Resources on any matter which the Secretary may refer to it in the performance of the Department's duties and responsibilities provided for in Chapter 121 of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

i.          To serve as a search committee to seek out, interview, and recommend to the Secretary of Cultural Resources one or more experienced and professionally trained historian(s) for either the position of Deputy Secretary of Archives and History when a vacancy occurs, and to assist and cooperate with the Secretary in periodic reviews of the performance of the Deputy Secretary.

j.          To assist and advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources and the Deputy Secretary of Archives and History in the development and implementation of plans and priorities for the State's historical programs.

(2)       The Historical Commission shall have the power and duty to establish standards and provide rules and regulations as follows:

a.         For the acquisition and use of historical materials suitable for acceptance in the North Carolina Office of Archives and History.

b.         For the disposition of public records under provisions of Chapter 121 of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

c.         For the certification of records in the North Carolina State Archives as provided in Chapter 121 of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

d.         For the use by the public of historic, architectural, archaeological, or cultural properties as provided in Chapter 121 of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

e.         For the acquisition of historic, archaeological, architectural, or cultural properties by the State.

f.          For the extension of State aid or appropriations through the Department of Cultural Resources to counties, municipalities, organizations, or individuals for the purpose of historic preservation or restoration.

f1.       For the extension of State aid or appropriations through the Department of Cultural Resources to nonstate‑owned nonprofit history museums.

g.         For qualification for grants‑in‑aid or other assistance from the federal government for historic preservation or restoration as provided in Chapter 121 of the General Statutes of North Carolina. This section shall be construed liberally in order that the State and its citizens may benefit from such grants‑in‑aid.

(3)       The Commission shall adopt rules and regulations consistent with the provisions of this section. All current rules and regulations heretofore adopted by the Executive Board of the State Department of Archives and History, the Historic Sites Advisory Committee, the North Carolina Advisory Council on Historical Preservation, the Executive Mansion Fine Arts Commission, and the Memorials Commission shall remain in full force and effect unless and until repealed or superseded by action of the Historical Commission. All rules and regulations adopted by the Commission shall be enforced by the Department of Cultural Resources. (1973, c. 476, s. 44; 1977, c. 513, s. 2; 1979, c. 861, s. 6; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1014, s. 171(f); 1997‑411, ss. 1‑3; 2002‑159, s. 35(k).)

 

§ 143B‑63.  Historical Commission – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The Historical Commission of the Department of Cultural Resources shall consist of 11 members appointed by the Governor.

The members of the North Carolina Historical Commission shall include the members of the existing North Carolina Historical Commission who shall serve for a period equal to the remainder of their current terms on the Commission, plus four additional appointees of the Governor, two of whose appointments shall expire March 31, 1979, and two of whose appointments shall expire March 31, 1981. At the end of the respective terms of office of the members, their successors shall be appointed for terms of six years and until their successors are appointed and qualify. Of the members, at least five shall have professional training or experience in the fields of archives, history, historic preservation, historic architecture, archaeology, or museum administration, including at least three currently involved in the teaching of history at the college or university level or in administering archives or historical collections or programs. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Commission created by resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Commission from office for misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance according to the provisions of G.S. 143B‑13 of the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

The members of the Commission shall receive per diem and necessary  travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

A majority of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

All clerical and other services required by the Commission shall be supplied by the Secretary of Cultural Resources. (1973, c. 476, s. 45; 1977, c. 513, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑64.  Historical Commission – officers.

The Historical Commission shall have a chairman and a vice‑chairman. The chairman shall be designated by the Governor from among the members of the Commission to serve as chairman at the pleasure of the Governor. The vice‑chairman shall be elected by and from the members of the Commission and shall serve for a term of two years or until the expiration of his regularly appointed term. (1973, c. 476, s. 46.)

 

§ 143B‑65.  Historical Commission – regular and special meetings.

The Historical Commission shall meet at least twice per year and may hold special meetings at any time and place within the State at the call of the chairman or upon the written request of at least four members. (1973, c. 476, s. 42.)

 

Part 5. Archaeological Advisory Committee.

§ 143B‑66.  Repealed by Session Laws 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1028, s. 10.

 

Part 6. Public Librarian Certification Commission.

§ 143B‑67.  Public Librarian Certification Commission – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the Public Librarian Certification Commission of the Department of Cultural Resources with the power and duty to adopt rules and regulations to be followed in the certification of public librarians. The Commission is authorized to establish and require written examinations for certified public librarian applicants.

The Commission shall adopt such rules and regulations consistent with the provisions of this Chapter. All rules and regulations consistent with the provisions of this Chapter heretofore adopted by the Library Certification Board shall remain in full force and effect unless and until repealed or superseded by action of the Public Librarian Certification Commission. All rules and regulations adopted by the Commission shall be enforced by the Department of Cultural Resources. (1973, c. 476, s. 49; 1981 (Reg. Sess., 1982), c. 1359, s.  4.)

 

§ 143B‑68.  Public Librarian Certification Commission – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The Public Librarian Certification Commission of the Department of Cultural Resources shall consist of five members as follows: (i) the chairman of the North Carolina Association of Library Trustees, (ii) the chairman of the public libraries section of the North Carolina Library Association, (iii) an individual named by the Governor upon the nomination of the North Carolina Library Association, (iv) the dean of a State or regionally accredited graduate school of librarianship in North Carolina appointed by the Governor and (v) one member at large appointed by the Governor.

The members shall serve four‑year terms or while holding the appropriate chairmanships. Any appointment to fill a vacancy created by the resignation, dismissal, death or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Commission from office for misfeasance, malfeasance, and nonfeasance according to the provisions of G.S. 143B‑13 of the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

The members of the Commission shall receive per diem, and necessary travel expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

A majority of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

All clerical and other services required by the Commission shall be supplied by the Secretary of the Department through the regular staff of the Department. (1973, c. 476, s. 50.)

 

§ 143B‑69.  Public Librarian Certification Commission – officers.

The Public Librarian Certification Commission shall have a chairman and a vice‑chairman. The chairman shall be designated by the Governor from among the members of the Commission to serve as chairman at his pleasure. The vice‑chairman shall be elected by and from the members of the Commission and shall serve for a term of two years or until the expiration of his regularly appointed term. (1973, c. 476, s. 51.)

 

§ 143B‑70.  Public Librarian Certification Commission – regular and special meetings.

The Public Librarian Certification Commission shall meet at least once in each quarter and may hold special meetings at any time and place within the State at the call of the chairman or upon the written request of at least three members. (1973, c. 476, s. 52.)

 

Part 7. Tryon Palace Commission.

§ 143B‑71.  Tryon Palace Commission – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the Tryon Palace Commission of the Department of Cultural Resources with the power and duty to adopt, amend and rescind rules and regulations concerning the restoration and maintenance of the Tryon Palace complex, and such other powers and duties as provided in Article 2 of Chapter 121 of the General Statutes of North Carolina. (1973, c. 476, s. 54.)

 

§ 143B‑72.  Tryon Palace Commission – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The Tryon Palace Commission of the Department of Cultural Resources shall consist of the following members:  25 voting members appointed by the Governor, nonvoting members emeriti appointed by the Governor, and five voting ex officio members as provided in this section.

The Governor shall appoint 25 voting members.  The terms of the initial members shall be staggered as follows:  Nine of the members shall be appointed to serve four‑year terms, eight of the members shall be appointed to serve three‑year terms, and eight of the members shall be appointed to serve two‑year terms.  At the end of the respective terms of office of the initial appointed members of the Commission, the appointments of their successors, with the exception of ex officio members and members emeriti, shall be for terms of four years and until their successors are appointed and qualify.  Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Commission shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.  The Governor shall designate the chair of the Tryon Palace Commission.  The other officers of the Tryon Palace Commission shall be elected by the members of the Tryon Palace Commission.

The Governor may also appoint any person who has previously served on the Tryon Palace Commission with distinction to the Commission as a member emeritus.  A person appointed as a member emeritus shall be deemed a lifetime member of the Commission and shall serve as a nonvoting member.

In addition to the members who are appointed by the Governor, the Attorney General, the Secretary of Cultural Resources or the Secretary's designee, the mayor of the City of New Bern, the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences at East Carolina University, and the chairman of the Board of County Commissioners of Craven County shall serve as voting ex officio members of said Commission. The provisions of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 pertaining to the residence of members of commissions shall not apply to the Tryon Palace Commission.

A majority of the voting members of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

The members of the Commission shall serve without pay and without expense allowance. (1973, c. 476, s. 55; 1977, c. 771, s. 4; 1979, c. 151, s. 1; 1993, c. 109, s. 1.)

 

Part 8.  U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission.

§ 143B‑73.  U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission of the Department of Cultural Resources with the power and duty to adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations under and not inconsistent with the laws of this State necessary in carrying out the provisions and purposes of this Part.

(1)       The U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission is authorized and empowered to adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the management responsibilities of the Secretary of the Department provided by Chapter 143A of the General Statutes and laws of this State and this Chapter that may be necessary and desirable for the operation and maintenance of the U.S.S. North Carolina as a permanent memorial and exhibit commemorating the heroic participation of the men and women of North Carolina in the prosecution and victory of the Second World War and for the faithful performance and fulfillment of its duties and obligations.

(2)       The U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission shall have the power and duty to establish standards and adopt rules and regulations: (i) establishing and providing for a proper charge for admission to the ship; and (ii) for the maintenance and operation of the ship as a permanent memorial and exhibit.

(3)       The Commission shall adopt rules and regulations consistent with the provisions of this Chapter. (1973, c. 476, s. 57; 1977, c. 741, s. 3.)

 

§ 143B‑73.1.  U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission – duties.

The Commission shall have the further duty and authority to select an appropriate site for the permanent berthing of the Battleship U.S.S. North Carolina, taking into consideration factors including, but not limited to, the accessibility, location in relation to roads and highways, scenic attraction, protection from hazards of weather, fire and sea, cost of site and berthing, cooperation of local governmental authorities in securing, equipping, and maintaining appropriate areas surrounding the site, and others which may affect the suitability of such site for establishment of the ship as a permanent memorial and exhibit; to accept gifts, grants, and donations for the purposes of this Article; to transport to, and berth the ship at the site; to ready the ship for visitation by the public; to establish and provide for a proper charge for admission to the ship, and for safekeeping of funds; to maintain and operate the ship as a permanent memorial and exhibit; to acquire property, both real and personal, with the approval of the Governor and the Council of State,  and to accept donations of property, both real and personal, from any source; to establish, supervise, manage and maintain in New Hanover County with the approval and assistance of the Department of Cultural Resources exhibits, dramas, cultural activities, museums, and records pertaining to the marine and naval history of the State of North Carolina and the United States of America; to identify, preserve and protect properties having historical, marine and naval significance to New Hanover County, the State, its communities and counties and the nation; to establish and provide for a proper charge for admission to all properties maintained and operated by the Commission in New Hanover County; to otherwise provide in carrying out its duties for the establishment of appropriate activities to encourage interest in the marine and naval history of North Carolina; to perpetuate the memory of North Carolinians who gave their lives in the course of World War II and in the events in which the battleship was a participant, and to allocate funds for the fulfillment of the duties and authority herein provided as may be necessary and appropriate for the purpose of this Article. (1961, c. 158; 1977, c. 741, ss. 1, 8.)

 

§ 143B‑74.  U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission of the Department of Cultural Resources shall consist of 18 members including the Secretary of Cultural Resources and the Secretary of Commerce who shall serve as voting ex officio members. The members of the Commission appointed for terms to end in 1991 shall serve for an additional two‑year period. At the end of the respective terms of office of the members of the Commission serving in 1991, their successors shall be appointed for terms of four years and until their successors are appointed and qualify. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Commission created by the resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term. The provisions of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 pertaining to the residence of members of commissions shall not apply to the U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission.

The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Commission from office for misfeasance, malfeasance, or nonfeasance in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143B‑13 of the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

The members of the Commission shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

A majority of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The Governor shall designate from among the members of the Commission a chairman, vice‑chairman and treasurer. The Secretary of Cultural Resources or his designee shall serve as Secretary of the Commission. The Commission shall meet at least twice annually upon the call of the chairman, the Secretary of Cultural Resources, or any seven members of the Commission. (1973, c. 476, s. 58; 1977, c. 741, s. 4; 1991, c. 73, s. 1; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 959, s. 39.)

 

§ 143B‑74.1.  U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission – funds.

The Commission shall establish and maintain a "Battleship Fund" composed of the moneys which may come into its hands from admission or inspection fees, gifts, donations, grants, or bequests, which funds will be used by the Commission to pay all costs of maintaining and operating the ship for the purposes herein set forth.  The Commission shall maintain books of accounting records concerning revenue derived and all expenses incurred in maintaining and operating the ship as a public memorial. The operations of the Commission shall be subject to the oversight of the State Auditor pursuant to Article 5A of Chapter 147 of the General Statutes. The Commission shall establish a reserve fund in an amount to be determined by the Secretary of Cultural Resources to be maintained and used for contingencies and emergencies beyond those occurring in the course of routine maintenance and operation, and may authorize the deposit of this reserve fund in a depository to be selected by the Treasurer of North Carolina. (1961, c. 158; 1977, c. 741, ss. 2, 8; 1983, c. 913, s. 40.)

 

§ 143B‑74.2.  U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission – employees.

The Department of Cultural Resources is authorized to hire laborers, artisans, caretakers, stenographic and administrative employees, and other personnel, in accordance with the provisions of the State Personnel Act, as may be necessary in carrying out the purposes and provisions of this Article, and to maintain the ship in a clean, neat, and attractive condition satisfactory for exhibition to the public. The Commission shall appoint and fix the salary of an Executive Director and Assistant Director to serve at its pleasure. Employees shall be residents of the State of North Carolina except as may, in emergency conditions, be necessary for the procurement of specially trained or specially skilled employees. Any materials used for any purpose in maintaining and operating the ship for the purposes of this Article shall be, insofar as practicable, North Carolina materials. (1961, c. 158; 1975, c. 879, s. 46; 1977, c. 741, ss. 6, 8; 2006‑204, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑74.3.  U.S.S. North Carolina Battleship Commission – employees not to have interest.

It shall be unlawful for any member of the Commission to charge, receive, or obtain, directly or indirectly, any fee, commission, retainer or brokerage other than established salaries to be fixed by the Commission, and no member of the Commission shall have any interest in any land, materials, commissions or contracts sold to or made with the Commission, or with any member thereof.  Violation of any provisions of this section shall be a Class 2 misdemeanor. (1961, c. 158; 1977, c. 741, ss. 7, 8; 1993, c. 539, s. 1037; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

 

§§ 143B‑75 through 143B‑78.  Repealed by Session Laws 1979, c. 504, s. 1.

 

Part 10. Executive Mansion Fine Arts Committee.

§ 143B‑79.  Executive Mansion Fine Arts Committee – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the Executive Mansion Fine Arts Committee. The Executive Mansion Fine Arts Committee shall have the following functions and duties:

(1)       To advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources on the preservation and maintenance of the Executive Mansion located at 200 North Blount Street, Raleigh, North Carolina;

(2)       To encourage gifts and objects of art, furniture and articles of historical value for furnishing the Executive Mansion, and advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources on major changes in the furnishings of the Mansion;

(3)       To make recommendations to the Secretary of Cultural Resources concerning major renovations necessary to preserve and maintain the structure;

(4)       To aid the Secretary of Cultural Resources in keeping a complete list of all gifts and articles received together with their history and value;

(5)       No gifts or articles shall be accepted for the Executive Mansion without the approval of the Committee; and

(6)       The Committee shall advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources upon any matter the Secretary may refer to it.

(7)       The Committee may dispose of property held in the Executive Mansion after consultation with a review committee comprised of one person from the Executive Mansion Fine Arts Committee, appointed by its chairman; one person from the Department of Administration appointed by the Secretary of Administration; and two qualified professionals from the Department of Cultural Resources, Division of Archives and History, appointed by the Secretary of Cultural Resources.  Upon request of the Executive Mansion Fine Arts Committee, the review committee will view proposed items for disposition and make a recommendation to the North Carolina Historical Commission who will make a final decision.  The Historical Commission must consider whether the disposition is in the best interest of the State of North Carolina.  If such property is sold, (i) if the records with regard to the property reflect that it was acquired by the State by gift or devise the net proceeds of each such sale shall be deposited in the State Treasury to the credit of the Executive Mansion, Special Fund, and shall be used only for the purchase, conservation, restoration or repair of other property for use in the Executive Mansion and; (ii) if the records with regard to the property reflect that the property was acquired by the State by purchase with appropriated funds or do not show the manner of acquisition, the net proceeds of such sale shall be deposited in the General Fund. (1973, c. 476, s. 65; 1983, c. 632, s. 1; 1987, c. 251.)

 

§ 143B‑80.  Executive Mansion Fine Arts Committee – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The Executive Mansion Fine Arts Committee shall consist of 16 members appointed by the Governor. The initial members of the Committee shall be the appointed members of the present Executive Mansion Fine Arts Commission who shall serve for a period equal to the remainder of their current terms on the Executive Mansion Fine Arts Commission, four of whose appointments expire June 30, 1973, four of whose appointments expire June 30, 1974, four of whose appointments expire June 30, 1975, and four of whose appointments expire June 30, 1976. At the end of the respective terms of office of the initial members, the appointments of their successors shall be for terms of four years and until their successors are appointed and qualify. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Committee created by the resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Committee from office in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143B‑16 of the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

The Governor shall designate a member of the Committee to serve as chairman at his pleasure.

Members of the Committee shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

All clerical and other services required by the Committee shall be supplied by the Secretary of Cultural Resources. (1973, c. 476, s. 66.)

 

§ 143B‑80.1.  Regular and special meetings.

The Executive Mansion Fine Arts Committee shall meet at least twice per year and may hold special meetings at any time and place within the State at the call of the chairman or upon the written request of at least five members.

Whenever a member shall fail, except for ill health or other valid reason, to be present for two successive regular meetings of the Board, his place as a member shall be deemed vacant. (1983, c. 632, s. 2.)

 

§ 143B‑80.2.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

§ 143B‑80.3.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

§ 143B‑80.4.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 10A.  State Capitol Preservation Act.

§§ 143B‑80.5 through 143B‑80.14:  Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c. 507, s. 12(a).

 

Part 11.  American Revolution Bicentennial Committee.

§§ 143B‑81 through 143B‑82:  Repealed by Session Laws 1979, c.  504, s. 2.

 

Part 12.  North Carolina Awards Committee.

§ 143B‑83.  North Carolina Awards Committee – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the North Carolina Awards Committee with the duty to advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources on the formulation and administration of the program governing North Carolina awards and on the selection of a committee in each award area to choose the recipients.

The Committee shall advise the Secretary of the Department upon any matter the Secretary may refer to it. (1973, c. 476, s. 71; 1979, c. 504, s. 2; 1983 (Reg. Sess., 1984), c. 995, s. 22.)

 

§ 143B‑84.  North Carolina Awards Committee – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The North Carolina Awards Committee shall consist of five members appointed by the Governor to serve at the Governor's pleasure.

The Governor shall designate a member of the Committee as chairman  to serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Governor.

Members of the Committee shall serve without compensation or travel or per diem.

A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

The Secretary of Cultural Resources is hereby authorized to request contingency and emergency funds for the administration of the North Carolina Awards Committee, for the period between July 1, 1973, and ratification of the next general appropriations bill for the Department.

All clerical and other services required by the Committee shall be  supplied by the Secretary of Cultural Resources. (1973, c. 476, s. 72.)

 

Part 13. America's Four Hundredth Anniversary Committee.

§ 143B‑85.  America's Four Hundredth Anniversary Committee – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the America's Four Hundredth Anniversary Committee of the Department of Cultural Resources. The Committee shall have the following functions and duties:

(1)       To advise the Secretary of the Department on the planning, conducting, and directing appropriate observances of, and on providing necessary physical facilities and other requirements for, the commemoration of the landing of Sir Walter Raleigh's colony on Roanoke Island; and

(2)       To advise the Secretary of the Department upon any matter the Secretary might refer to it. (1973, c. 476, s. 74.)

 

§ 143B‑86.  America's Four Hundredth Anniversary Committee – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The America's Four Hundredth Anniversary Committee shall consist of 14 members as follows: 10 members at large appointed by the Governor and four ex officio members as follows: the mayor of the Town of Manteo, the Secretary of Environment and Natural Resources, the chairman of the Roanoke Island Historical Association, and the chairman of the Dare County Board of Commissioners, or their designees. Of the initial members of the America's Four Hundredth Anniversary Committee appointed by the Governor five shall be appointed for terms expiring June 30, 1975, and five for terms expiring June 30, 1977. At the end of their respective terms of office, the appointments shall be for a term of four years and until their successors are appointed and qualify. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Committee created by the resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Committee from office in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143B‑16 of the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

The Governor shall designate a member of the Committee to serve as chairman at his pleasure.

Members of the Committee shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. (1973, c. 476, s. 75; 1977, c. 771, s. 4; 1989, c. 727, s. 218(123); 1997‑443, s. 11A.119(a).)

 

Part 14.  North Carolina Arts Council.

§ 143B‑87.  North Carolina Arts Council – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the North Carolina Arts Council with the following duties and functions:

(1)       To advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources on the study, collection, maintenance and dissemination of factual data and pertinent information relative to the arts;

(2)       To advise the Secretary concerning assistance to local organizations and the community at large in the area of the arts;

(3)       To advise the Secretary on the exchange of information, promotion of programs and stimulation of joint endeavor between public and nonpublic organizations;

(4)       To identify research needs in the arts area and to encourage  such research;

(5)       To advise the Secretary in regard to bringing the highest obtainable quality in the arts to the State and promoting the maximum opportunity for the people to experience and enjoy those arts;

(6)       To advise the Secretary of the Department upon any matter the Secretary may refer to it; and

(7)       To advise the Secretary concerning the promotion of theater arts in the State. (1973, c. 476, s. 77; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1028, s. 14.)

 

§ 143B‑88.  North Carolina Arts Council – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The North Carolina Arts Council shall consist of 24 members appointed by the Governor. The initial members of the Council shall be the appointed members of the present Arts Council who shall serve for a period equal to the remainder of their current terms on the Arts Council, eight of whose terms expire June 30, 1973, eight of whose terms expire June 30, 1974, and eight of whose terms expire June 30, 1975. At the end of the respective terms of office of the initial members, the appointments of their successors shall be for terms of three years and until their successors are appointed and qualify. Any  appointment to fill a vacancy on the Council created by the resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Council from office in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143B‑16 of the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

The Governor shall designate a member of the Council as chairman to serve at his pleasure.

Members of the Council shall receive per diem and necessary travel  and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑ 5.

A majority of the Council shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

All clerical and other services required by the Council shall be supplied by the Secretary of Cultural Resources. (1973, c. 476, s. 78.)

 

Part 15. North Carolina State Art Society, Incorporated.

§ 143B‑89.  North Carolina State Art Society, Incorporated.

The North Carolina State Art Society, Incorporated, shall continue to be under the patronage of the State as provided in Article 3 of Chapter 140 of the General Statutes of North Carolina. The governing body of the North Carolina State Art Society, Incorporated, shall be a board of directors consisting of a minimum of 22 members as follows: the Governor, the Superintendent of Public Instruction, the State Treasurer, Secretary of Cultural Resources, and the Director of the North Carolina Museum of Art, who shall be ex officio members; six members who shall be named by the Governor; and a minimum of 12 directors who shall be chosen by members of the North Carolina State Art Society, Incorporated, in such manner and for such terms as that body shall determine. The six directors named by the Governor shall serve for terms of three years each. (1973, c. 476, s. 80; 1975, c. 386; 1977, c. 702, s. 3; 1985, c. 316; 2006‑66, s. 22.22(f); 2006‑221, s. 23.)

 

Part 16. State Library Commission.

§ 143B‑90.  State Library Commission – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the State Library Commission of the Department of Cultural Resources. The State Library Commission has the following functions and duties:

(1)       To advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources on matters relating to the operation and services of the State Library;

(2)       Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 757, s. 2.

(2a)     To work for the financial support of statewide and local public library services;

(3)       To advise the Secretary upon any matter the Secretary might refer to it;

(4)       Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 757, s. 2.

(4a)     To work for the financial support of statewide interlibrary services;

(5)       Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 757, s. 2.

(5a)     To aid and advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources in the development of information services for the promotion of cultural, educational, and economic well‑being of the State.

(6)       through (8)  Repealed by Session Laws 1991, c. 757, s. 2.

(8a)     To aid and advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources on the recruitment and appointment of the State Librarian. (1973, c. 476, s. 82; 1981, c. 918, s. 2; 1991, c. 757, s. 2.)

 

§ 143B‑91.  State Library Commission – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

(a)       The State Library Commission shall consist of 15 members. All members shall have an interest in the development of library and information services in North Carolina. Eight members shall be appointed by the Governor. One member shall be appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate. One member shall be appointed by the Speaker of the North Carolina House of Representatives. Three members shall be appointed by the North Carolina Public Library Directors Association. Two members shall be the President and the President‑elect of the North Carolina Library Association or two appointees as determined by the North Carolina Library Association's Board of Directors. The State Librarian shall be an ex officio member and act as secretary to the Commission.

All appointments shall be for four‑year terms with eight of the commissioners taking office on the first four‑year cycle and seven commissioners taking office on the second four‑year cycle. Any appointment to fill a vacancy in one of the positions appointed by the Governor, President Pro Tempore or Speaker of the House of Representatives shall be for the remainder of the unexpired term. Appointees shall not serve more than two successive four‑year terms.

The Governor shall choose a chairperson from among the gubernatorial appointees. The chairperson shall serve not more than two successive two‑year terms as chair.

Members of the Commission shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses as provided in G.S. 138‑5.

A majority of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

All clerical and other services required by the Commission shall be supplied by the Secretary of Cultural Resources.

The Commission shall meet at least twice a year.

(b)       There shall be standing committees established to advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources, the Commission, and the State Librarian. These committees shall be: Public Library Development; Interlibrary Cooperation; State Government Information Services; State Library Development; and any other committee deemed appropriate. Each committee shall be composed of a committee chairperson and at least six persons appointed annually by the Secretary of Cultural Resources with the approval of the Commission. At least one of the members of each committee shall be a member of the Commission. Each committee shall report to the Commission at least once a year. (1973, c. 476, s. 83; 1981, c. 918, s. 3; 1991, c. 757, s. 3; 1995, c. 490, s. 53.)

 

Part 17. Roanoke Island Historical Association.

§ 143B‑92.  Roanoke Island Historical Association – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby recreated the Roanoke Island Historical Association with the powers and duties delineated in Article 19 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes of North Carolina. (1973, c. 476, s. 85.)

 

§ 143B‑93.  Roanoke Island Historical Association – status.

The Roanoke Island Historical Association is hereby declared not to be a State agency within the meaning of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 and shall be exempt from all provisions of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 except G.S. 143B‑92 and G.S. 143B‑93. (1973, c. 476, s. 86.)

 

Part 18. North Carolina Symphony Society.

§ 143B‑94.  North Carolina Symphony Society, Inc.

The North Carolina Symphony Society, Incorporated, shall continue to be under the patronage of the State as provided in Article 2 of Chapter 140 of the General Statutes of North Carolina. The governing body of the North Carolina Symphony Society, Incorporated, shall be a board of trustees consisting of not less than 16 members of which the Governor of the State and the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall be ex officio members and four other members shall be named by the Governor. The remaining trustees shall be chosen by members of the North Carolina Symphony Society, Incorporated, in such manner and for such terms as that body shall determine. The initial members named by the Governor shall be appointed from the members of the existing board of trustees of the North Carolina State Symphony Society, Incorporated, for the balance of their existing terms. Subsequent appointments shall be made for terms of four years each. (1973, c. 476, s. 88.)

 

Part 19. Edenton Historical Commission.

§ 143B‑95.  Edenton Historical Commission – creation, purposes and powers.

There is hereby recreated the Edenton Historical Commission. The purposes of the Commission are to effect and encourage preservation, restoration, and appropriate presentation of the Town of Edenton and Chowan County, as a historic, educational, and aesthetic place, to the benefit of the citizens of the place and the State and of visitors. To accomplish its purposes, the Commission has the following powers and responsibilities:

(1)       To acquire, hold, and dispose of title to or interests in historic properties in the Town of Edenton and County of Chowan and to repair, restore, and otherwise improve the properties, and to maintain them;

(2)       To acquire, hold, and dispose of title to or interests in other land there, upon which historic structures have been or shall be relocated, and to improve the land and maintain it;

(3)       To acquire, hold, and dispose of suitable furnishings for the historic properties, and to provide and maintain suitable gardens for them;

(4)       To develop and maintain one or more collections of historic objects and things pertinent to the history of the town and county, to acquire, hold, and dispose of the items, and to preserve and display them;

(5)       To develop and conduct appropriate programs, under the name "Historic Edenton" or otherwise, for the convenient presentation and interpretation of the properties and collections to citizens and visitors, as places and things of historic, educational, and aesthetic value;

(6)       To conduct programs for the fostering of research, for the encouragement of preservation, and for the increase of knowledge available to the local citizens and the visitors in matters pertaining to the history of the town and county;

(7)       To cooperate with the Secretary and Department of Cultural Resources and with appropriate associations, governments, governmental agencies, persons, and other entities, and to assist and advise them, toward the furtherance of the Commission's purposes;

(8)       To solicit gifts and grants toward the furtherance of these purposes and the exercise of these powers;

(9)       To conduct other programs and do other things appropriate and reasonably necessary to the accomplishment of the purposes and the exercise of the powers; and

(10)     To adopt and enforce any bylaws and rules that the Commission deems beneficial and proper. (1973, c. 476, s. 90; 1979, c. 733, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑96.  Edenton Historical Commission – status.

The Edenton Historical Commission is hereby declared not to be a State agency within the meaning of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 and shall be exempt from all provisions of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 except G.S. 143B‑95 through G.S. 143B‑98. (1973, c. 476, s. 91.)

 

§ 143B‑97.  Edenton Historical Commission – reports.

The Edenton Historical Commission shall submit an annual report of its activities, holdings, and finances, including an audit of its accounts by a certified public accountant, to the Secretary of Cultural Resources. In the event such annual report is not received by the Secretary, or if such report does not indicate the need for the continuation of the Commission, the Secretary of Cultural Resources is authorized to recommend to the next General Assembly the abolition of the Commission. (1973, c. 476, s. 92.)

 

§ 143B‑98.  Edenton Historical Commission – members; selection; compensation; quorum.

The Edenton Historical Commission shall consist of 33 members, 22 appointed by the Governor to serve at his pleasure, four appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, four appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and, ex officio, the Mayor of the Town of Edenton, the Chairman of the Board of Commissioners of Chowan County, and the Secretary of Cultural Resources or his designee.

All the present members of the Commission may continue to serve, at the pleasure of the Governor, until the end of his present term of office. The Commission shall elect its own officers, and the members of the Commission shall serve without pay and without expense allowance from State funds. The Commission shall determine its requirements for a quorum. (1973, c. 476, s. 93; 1979, c. 733, s. 2; 2005‑421, s. 3.1(a).)

 

Part 20. Historic Bath Commission.

§ 143B‑99.  Historic Bath Commission – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the Historic Bath Commission. The Historic Bath Commission shall have the following powers:

(1)       To acquire and dispose of title to or interests in historic properties in and near the Town of Bath in Beaufort County, and to repair, restore, or otherwise improve such properties, and to maintain them;

(2)       To offer such historic properties to the State of North Carolina, subject to the acceptance of such properties by the State;

(3)       To cooperate with, assist, and advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources upon any matter pertaining to the administration of Bath State Historic Site, which the Secretary of the Department may refer to it; and

(4)       To carry out other programs reasonably related to these purposes. (1973, c. 476, s. 95.)

 

§ 143B‑100.  Historic Bath Commission – status.

The Historic Bath Commission is hereby declared not to be a State agency within the meaning of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 and shall be exempt from all provisions of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 except G.S. 143B‑99 through G.S. 143B‑102. (1973, c. 476, s. 96.)

 

§ 143B‑101.  Historic Bath Commission – reports.

The Historic Bath Commission shall submit an annual report of its activities, holdings, and finances, including an audit of its accounts by a certified public accountant, to the Secretary of Cultural Resources. In the event such annual report is not received by the Secretary, or if such report does not indicate the need for the continuation of the Commission, the Secretary of Cultural Resources is authorized to recommend the abolition of the Commission to the next General Assembly. (1973, c. 476, s. 97.)

 

§ 143B‑102.  Historic Bath Commission – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The Historic Bath Commission shall consist of 25 members appointed by the Governor plus, ex officio, the mayor of the Town of Bath, the Chairman of the Board of Commissioners of Beaufort County, and the Secretary of Cultural Resources or designee. The initial members of the Commission shall be the members of the present Historic Bath Commission who shall serve for a period equal to the remainder of their current terms on the Historic Bath Commission. At the end of the respective terms of office of the initial members of the Commission, the appointments of their successors, with the exception of the ex officio members, shall be for terms of five years and until their successors are appointed and qualify. Any appointments to fill a vacancy on the Commission created by the resignation, dismissal, death or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term. The Commission shall elect its own officers. Members of the Commission shall serve without pay and without expense allowance from State funds. The Commission shall determine its requirements for a quorum. (1973, c. 476, s. 98.)

 

Part 21. Historic Hillsborough Commission.

§ 143B‑103.  Historic Hillsborough Commission – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby recreated the Historic Hillsborough Commission. The Historic Hillsborough Commission shall have the following powers:

(1)       In cooperation with the Hillsborough Historical Society, the elected officials of Hillsborough and Orange County, and appropriate public agencies, to use every legal aid and method to preserve and restore the Town of Hillsborough, and its immediately adjacent area, as a living, functioning, educational, and historical exhibit of North Carolina's early life and times;

(2)       To acquire and to dispose of property, real and personal; to  repair, restore, or otherwise improve such properties; to have prepared a history of the town and area; and to write, compile, publish, or sponsor such historical works as may pertain to the town and area; and

(3)       To carry on other programs reasonably related to these purposes. (1973, c. 476, s. 100.)

 

§ 143B‑104.  Historic Hillsborough Commission – status.

The Historic Hillsborough Commission is hereby declared not to be a State agency within the meaning of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 and shall be exempt from all provisions of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 except G.S. 143B‑103 through G.S. 143B‑106. (1973, c. 476, s. 101.)

 

§ 143B‑105.  Historic Hillsborough Commission – reports.

The Historic Hillsborough Commission shall submit an annual report of its activities, holdings, and finances, including an audit of its accounts by a certified public accountant, to the Secretary of Cultural Resources. In the event such annual report is not received by the Secretary, or if such report does not indicate the need for the continuation of the Commission, the Secretary of Cultural Resources is authorized to recommend to the next General Assembly the abolition of the Commission. (1973, c. 476, s. 102.)

 

§ 143B‑106.  Historic Hillsborough Commission – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The Historic Hillsborough Commission shall consist of not fewer than 25 members appointed by the Governor plus, ex officio, the mayor of the Town of Hillsborough, the Chairman of the Board of Commissioners of Orange County, the Orange County Register of Deeds, the Orange County Clerk of Superior Court, and the Secretary of Cultural Resources or designee. The initial appointed members of the Commission shall be the members of the present Historic Hillsborough Commission who shall serve for a period equal to the remainder of their current terms on the Historic Hillsborough Commission. At the end of the respective terms of office of the present members, the appointments of members, excepting the ex officio members, shall be for terms of six years and until their successors are appointed and qualify. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Commission created by the resignation, dismissal, death or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term. The Commission shall elect its own officers. Members of the Commission shall serve without pay and without expense allowance from State funds. The Commission shall determine its requirements for a quorum. (1973, c. 476, s. 103.)

 

Part 22. Historic Murfreesboro Commission.

§ 143B‑107.  Historic Murfreesboro Commission – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby recreated the Historic Murfreesboro Commission. The Historic Murfreesboro Commission shall have the following powers:

(1)       To acquire and dispose of title to or interests in historic properties in and near the Town of Murfreesboro, and to repair, restore, or otherwise improve and maintain such properties;

(2)       To conduct research and planning to carry out a program for the preservation of historic sites, buildings, or objects in and near the Town of Murfreesboro;

(3)       To carry out other programs reasonably related to these purposes. (1973, c. 476, s. 105.)

 

§ 143B‑108.  Historic Murfreesboro Commission – status.

The Historic Murfreesboro Commission is hereby declared not to be a State agency within the meaning of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 and shall be exempt from all provisions of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 except G.S. 143B‑107 through G.S. 143B‑110. (1973, c. 476, s. 106.)

 

§ 143B‑109.  Historic Murfreesboro Commission – reports.

The Historic Murfreesboro Commission shall submit an annual report of its activities, holdings, and finances, including an audit of its accounts by a certified public accountant, to the Secretary of Cultural Resources. In the event such annual report is not received by the Secretary, or if such report does not indicate the need for the continuation of the Commission, the Secretary of Cultural Resources is authorized to recommend to the next General Assembly the abolition of the Commission. (1973, c. 476, s. 107.)

 

§ 143B‑110.  Historic Murfreesboro Commission – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The Historic Murfreesboro Commission shall consist of 30 members appointed by the Governor plus, ex officio, the mayor of the Town of Murfreesboro, the Chairman of the Board of Commissioners of the County of Hertford, the President of Chowan College, and the Secretary of Cultural Resources or designee. The initial appointed members of the Commission shall be the members of the present Historic Murfreesboro Commission who shall serve for a period equal to the remainder of their current terms on the Historic Murfreesboro Commission. At the end of the respective terms of office of the initial members of the Commission, the appointments of their successors, with the exception of ex officio members, shall be for terms of five years and until their successors are appointed and qualify. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Commission created by the resignation, dismissal, death or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term. The Commission shall elect its own officers. Members of the Commission shall serve without pay and without expense allowance from State funds. The Commission shall determine its requirements for a quorum. (1973, c. 476, s. 108.)

 

Part 23. John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission.

§ 143B‑111.  John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby recreated the John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission. The John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission shall have the following powers:

(1)       To acquire title to or interests in property, both real and personal, and to solicit, collect, and expend funds for the acquisition, restoration, maintenance, and operation of a memorial to John Motley Morehead in the City of Greensboro; and to carry on other activities, including research and publications, reasonably related to this purpose;

(2)       To convey, lease, mortgage, and otherwise dispose of real and personal property and interests therein, as well as to accept deeds, bills of sale, and other instruments conveying and investing title in it; and

(3)       To offer such memorial to the State of North Carolina, which  memorial, if accepted by the Department of Cultural Resources and Council of State, may be administered as a State historic site subject to existing covenants and agreements. (1973, c. 476, s. 110.)

 

§ 143B‑112.  John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission – status.

The John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission is hereby declared not to be a State agency within the meaning of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 and shall be exempt from all provisions of the Executive Organization Act of 1973 except G.S. 143B‑111 through G.S. 143B‑115. (1973, c. 476, s. 111.)

 

§ 143B‑113.  John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission – authorization for counties to assist.

The special approval of the General Assembly is hereby given to all appropriations of surplus or non‑ad‑valorem tax funds that should be made and paid over to said Commission by all counties and municipalities and the same are declared to be for a public purpose and the special approval of the General Assembly is given for such appropriations. Upon the request of the Commission hereby created, the governing body of Guilford County or of the City of Greensboro may, in its discretion, make appropriations from non‑ad‑ valorem tax revenues to the Commission. (1973, c. 476, s. 112.)

 

§ 143B‑114.  John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission – reports.

The John Motley Morehead Commission shall submit to the Secretary of Cultural Resources an annual report of its activities, holdings, and finances, including an audit of its accounts by a certified public accountant. In the event such annual report is not received by the Secretary, or if the report indicates that there is no further need for the Commission, the Secretary of Cultural Resources is authorized to recommend to the next General Assembly the abolition of the Commission. (1973, c. 476, s. 113.)

 

§ 143B‑115.  John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission shall consist of 19 members as follows: nine members appointed by the Governor; three members appointed by the Board of Commissioners of Guilford County; three members appointed by the City Council of Greensboro; and four ex officio members, as follows: the Secretary of Environment and Natural Resources or designee, the Superintendent of Public Instruction or designee, the State Treasurer or designee and the Secretary of Cultural Resources or designee. The initial members of the Commission shall be the members of the present John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission who shall serve for a period equal to the remainder of their current terms on the John Motley Morehead Memorial Commission. At the end of the respective terms of office of the initial members, the appointments of their successors, with the exception of the ex officio members, shall be for terms of six years and until their successors are appointed and qualify. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Commission created by the resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term. The Commission shall elect its own officers. Members of the Commission shall serve without pay and without expense allowance from State funds. The Commission shall determine its requirements for a quorum. (1973, c. 476, s. 114; 1977, c. 711, s. 4; 1989, c. 727, s. 218(124); 1997‑443, s. 11A.119(a).)

 

§§ 143B‑116 through 143B‑120.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 24.  Grassroots Arts Program.

§ 143B‑121.  Program established.

The Department of Cultural Resources shall establish a program to be known as the Grassroots Arts Program, by which funds shall be distributed among the counties of this State for the purpose of assisting the counties in the development of community arts programs. The Grassroots Arts Program shall be established within the "Community Art Development Section" (North Carolina Arts Council) of the Division of the Arts. (1977, c. 1008, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑122.  Distribution of funds.

Of the funds available under the Grassroots Arts Program, twenty percent (20%) of the total shall be distributed among the counties equally, and the remaining eighty percent (80%) shall be distributed among the counties on a per capita basis. (1977, c. 1008, s. 2; 2007‑323, s. 21.1(a).)

 

§ 143B‑123.  Rules and procedures; standards for qualification for funds.

The Department of Cultural Resources shall be authorized to adopt rules and procedures necessary to implement this program and shall adopt standards which must be met by organizations within the counties in order to qualify for funds under the Grassroots Arts Program. The standards adopted shall include, but not be limited to the following:

(1)       The organization must show that it exists primarily to aid the arts and that it aids the arts in all its forms including the performing, visual and literary.

(2)       The organization must show that its programs are open to the  entire community.

(3)       The organization must show that it is a nonprofit, tax‑exempt corporation, governed by a citizen board which is not self‑ perpetuating, and that it has been in existence and active for at least one full year.

(4)       The organization must show that it can match funds available  under the Grassroots Arts Program with public or private funds from within the county in which it is located at a ratio of one‑to‑one. (1977, c. 1008, s. 3.)

 

§ 143B‑124.  Designation of organization as official distributing agent; duties.

Guided by the standards set out in G.S. 143B‑123, the board of county commissioners of each county shall designate to the Department of Cultural Resources an organization to serve as its distributing agent for Grassroots Arts Program funds. Upon the approval of the Department of Cultural Resources, the designated organization shall become the official distributing agent for that county and shall remain so until such time as it no longer meets the necessary standards. To receive its per capita funds, the official distributing agent must annually submit to the Department of Cultural Resources for its approval a plan for the expenditure of the funds allotted to that county and must account for the funds after they have been expended. Funds may be used for programming, administrative and operating expenses, and should assist in the total development of the arts within that county. (1977, c. 1008, s. 4.)

 

§ 143B‑125.  Disposition of funds for counties without organizations meeting Department standards.

Funds for counties without organizations which meet the necessary standards set by the Department of Cultural Resources shall be retained by the department and used for arts programming within these counties. Where feasible, the department shall maintain the same per capita rate for the distribution of funds to these counties and shall require the same matching ratio. (1977, c. 1008, s. 5; 1993, c. 321, s. 33.)

 

Part 25. Historical Military Reenactment Groups.

§ 143B‑126.  Voluntary registration; designation of names; registration symbol.

The Department of Cultural Resources shall establish a program for the voluntary registration of historical military reenactment groups. The Department shall require, as part of the registration procedure, the filing of a copy of the various bylaws governing the groups. The Department shall designate the names to be used by the groups to ensure a lack of duplication or confusion between the groups and shall, in the case of duplicate name requests,  decide the use of a particular name based on the longest period of existence as shown by the dates of the bylaws or other evidence of creation. The Department shall create a seal or other logo which shall indicate registration with the Department and shall be authorized for use only by groups properly registered pursuant to this part. (1981, c. 523, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑127.  Contracts with registered groups.

The Department of Cultural Resources, Office of Archives and History shall sign contracts for the performance of military historical dramas on State‑owned property only with historical military reenactment groups properly registered pursuant to this Part. (1981, c. 523, s. 2; 2002‑159, s. 35(j).)

 

Part 26. Advisory Committee on Abandoned Cemeteries.

§ 143B‑128.  Advisory Committee on Abandoned Cemeteries; members; selections; compensation; terms; vacancy; duties.

(a)       There is created the Advisory Committee on Abandoned Cemeteries to be composed of 17 members appointed as follows:

(1)       Two by the Governor;

(2)       One by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate;

(3)       One by the Speaker of the House;

(4)       One by the Secretary of the Department of Cultural Resources;

(5)       One by the Executive Director of the North Carolina Commission of Indian Affairs, Department of Administration;

(6)       One each by the chief executive of the following organizations, from the membership of the organization:

a.         North Carolina Archaeological Council;

b.         North Carolina Association of County Commissioners;

c.         North Carolina Chapter of the Daughters of the American Revolution;

d.         North Carolina Chapter of the Society of the Cincinnati;

e.         North Carolina Chapter of the Sons of the American Revolution;

f.          North Carolina Genealogical Society;

g.         North Carolina Historical Commission;

h.         North Carolina League of Municipalities;

i.          Society of the Colonial Dames of America in the State of North Carolina;

j.          Sons of Confederate Veterans;

k.         United Daughters of the Confederacy.

(b)       Members shall be appointed for staggered four‑year terms beginning July 1 of odd‑numbered years and shall serve until their successors are appointed and qualified. To create and maintain staggered terms, one member appointed by the Governor and the members appointed by the Speaker of the House, North Carolina Archaeological Council, North Carolina Chapter of the Daughters of the American Revolution, North Carolina Chapter of the Sons of the American Revolution, North Carolina Genealogical Society, North Carolina League of Municipalities, and the Sons of Confederate Veterans shall be appointed for two‑year terms to expire June 30, 1983, at which time their successor shall be appointed pursuant to this section for four‑year terms. The remaining committee members shall be appointed for four‑year terms.

(c)       Members shall serve without salary or compensation for their actual expenses resulting from the performance of their official duties.

(d)       An appointment to fill a vacancy on the committee shall be made according to the procedures for appointment for regular terms, pursuant to this section. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the committee for any reason shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

(e)       Upon its appointment the committee shall organize by electing from its membership a chairman and a vice‑chairman. It shall be the duty of the committee to review existing statutes relating to cemeteries, make recommendations to the General Assembly concerning new statutes, and to assist the department in its efforts to collect information on abandoned cemeteries. (1981, c. 1016, s. 1; 1995, c. 490, s. 1.)

 

Part 27.  Roanoke Voyages and Elizabeth II Commission.

§§ 143B‑129 through 143B‑131:  Repealed by Session Laws 1993 (Reg.  Sess., 1994), c. 769, s. 12.5(c).

 

§ 143B‑131.1.  Commission established.

There is established the Roanoke Island Commission. The Commission shall be an independent commission, but shall be located within the Department of Cultural Resources for historic resource management, organizational, and budgetary purposes. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 769, s. 12.5(a); 1995, c. 507, s. 12.6(a).)

 

Part 27A. Roanoke Island Commission.

§ 143B‑131.2.  Roanoke Island Commission – Purpose, powers, and duties.

(a)       The Commission is created to combine various existing entities in the spirit of cooperation for a cohesive body to protect, preserve, develop, and interpret the historical and cultural assets of Roanoke Island. The Commission is further created to operate and administer the Elizabeth II State Historic Site and Visitor Center, the Elizabeth II, Ice Plant Island, and all other properties under the administration of the Department of Cultural Resources located on Roanoke Island having historical significance to the State of North Carolina, Dare County, or the Town of Manteo, except as otherwise determined by the Commission.

(b)       The Commission shall have the following powers and duties:

(1)       To advise the Secretary of Transportation and adopt rules on matters pertaining to, affecting, and encouraging restoration, preservation, and enhancement of the appearance, maintenance, and aesthetic quality of U.S. Highway 64/264 and the U.S. 64/264 Bypass travel corridor on Roanoke Island and the grounds on Roanoke Island Festival Park.

(2)       To operate the Elizabeth II State Historic Site and Visitor Center and the Elizabeth II as permanent memorials commemorating the Roanoke Voyages, 1584‑1587.

(3)       To supervise the development of Ice Plant Island and to manage future facilities.

(4)       To advise the Secretary of the Department of Cultural Resources on matters pertinent to historical and cultural events on Roanoke Island.

(5)       With the assistance of the Department of Cultural Resources, to identify, preserve, and protect properties located on Roanoke Island having historical significance to the State of North Carolina, Dare County, or the Town of Manteo consistent with applicable State laws and rules.

(6)       To establish and collect a charge for admission to any property or event operated by the Commission.

(7)       To solicit and accept gifts, grants, and donations.

(8)       To cooperate with the Secretary and Department of Cultural Resources, the Secretary and Department of Transportation, the Secretary and Department of Environment and Natural Resources, and other governmental agencies, officials, and entities, and provide them with assistance and advice.

(9)       To adopt and enforce such bylaws, rules, and guidelines that the Commission deems to be reasonably necessary in order to carry out its powers and duties. Chapter 150B of the General Statutes does not apply to the adoption of rules by the Commission.

(10)     To establish and maintain a separate fund composed of moneys which may come into its hands from gifts, donations, grants, or bequests, which funds will be used by the Commission for purposes of carrying out its duties and purposes herein set forth. The Commission may also establish a reserve fund to be maintained and used for contingencies and emergencies. Funds appropriated to the Commission may be transferred to the Friends of Elizabeth II, Inc., a private, nonprofit corporation. The Friends of Elizabeth II, Inc., shall use the funds transferred to it to carry out the purposes of this Part.

(11)     By cooperative arrangement with other agencies, groups, individuals, and other entities, to coordinate and schedule historical and cultural events on Roanoke Island.

(12)     Make recommendations to the Secretary of Cultural Resources concerning personnel and budgetary matters.

(13)     To acquire real and personal property by purchase, gift, bequest, devise, and exchange.

(14)     To administer the Roanoke Island Commission Fund and the Roanoke Island Commission Endowment Fund as provided in G.S. 143B‑131.8.

(15)     To procure supplies, services, and property as appropriate and to enter into contracts, leases, or other legal agreements to carry out the purposes of this Part and duties of the Commission. The provisions of G.S. 143‑129 and Article 3 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes do not apply to purchases by the Roanoke Island Commission of equipment, supplies, and services. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 769, s. 12.5(a); 1995, c. 507, s. 12.6(b); 1997‑443, ss. 11A.119(a), 30.1; 1998‑212, ss. 21.1(a), 21.1(b); 2006‑259, s. 25.)

 

§ 143B‑131.3.  Assignment of property; offices.

Upon request of the Commission, the head of any State agency may assign property, equipment, and personnel of such agency to the Commission to assist the Commission in carrying out its duties under this Part. Assignments under this section shall be without reimbursement by the Commission to the agency from which the assignment was made. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 769, s. 12.5(a).)

 

§ 143B‑131.4.  Commission reports.

Before July 1, 1995, the Commission shall submit to the General Assembly a comprehensive report incorporating specific recommendations of the Commission for development and promotion of the Elizabeth II State Historic Site and Visitor Center. After the initial report, the Commission shall submit a report to the General Assembly within 30 days of the convening of each Regular Session of the General Assembly. The report shall include:

(1)       A summary of actions taken by the Commission consistent with the powers and duties of the Commission set forth in G.S. 143B‑131.2.

(2)       Recommendations for legislation and administrative action to promote and develop the Elizabeth II State Historic Site and Visitor Center.

(3)       An accounting of funds received and expended. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 769, s. 12.5(a).)

 

§ 143B‑131.5.  Roanoke Island Commission – Additional powers and duties; transfer of assets and liabilities.

(a)       The Commission shall also have the powers and duties established by Chapter 1194, Session Laws of 1981, as amended.

(b)       Effective October 1, 1994, all lawful standards, rules, regulations, guidelines, contracts, agreements, permits, bylaws, and certificates of appropriateness of or issued by the Roanoke Voyages Corridor Commission or the Roanoke Voyages and Elizabeth II Commission shall remain in effect until modified, amended, revoked, repealed, or changed (as appropriate) by the Roanoke Island Commission in accordance with law.

(c)       All the assets and liabilities of the Roanoke Voyages and Elizabeth II Commission are vested in the Roanoke Island Commission. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 769, s. 12.5(a).)

 

§ 143B‑131.6.  Roanoke Island Commission – Members; terms; vacancies; expenses; officers.

(a)       The Commission shall consist of 24 voting members appointed as follows:

(1)       Six members appointed by the Governor;

(2)       Six members appointed by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, at least two of whom reside in Dare County;

(3)       Six members appointed by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives, at least two of whom reside in Dare County; and

(4)       The following persons, or their designees, ex officio:

a.         The Governor;

b.         The Attorney General;

c.         The Secretary of the Department of Cultural Resources;

d.         The Secretary of the Department of Transportation;

e.         The Chair of the Dare County Board of Commissioners; and

f.          The Mayor of Manteo.

(b)       Members shall serve for two‑year terms, with no prohibition against being reappointed, except initial appointments shall be for terms as follows:

(1)       The Governor shall initially appoint three members for a term of two years and three members for a term of three years.

(2)       The General Assembly upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate shall initially appoint three members for a term of two years and three members for a term of three years.

(3)       The General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives shall initially appoint three members for a term of two years and three members for a term of three years.

Initial terms shall commence on October 1, 1994.

(c)       The Governor shall appoint a chair biennially from among the membership of the Commission. The initial term of the chair shall commence on October 1, 1994. The Commission shall elect from its membership a vice‑chair, a secretary, and treasurer to serve two‑year terms. The Commission in its discretion may appoint a historian to serve at its pleasure. Initial terms shall commence on October 1, 1994.

(d)       A vacancy in the Commission resulting from the resignation of a member or otherwise, shall be filled in the same manner in which the original appointment was made, and the term shall be for the balance of the unexpired term. Vacancies in appointments made by the General Assembly shall be filled in accordance with G.S. 120‑122.

(e)       The Commission members shall receive no salary as a result of serving on the Commission but shall receive per diem, subsistence, and travel expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5 and G.S. 138‑6, as applicable. When approved by the Commission, members may be reimbursed for subsistence and travel expenses in excess of the statutory amount.

(f)        Members may be removed in accordance with G.S. 143B‑13 as if that section applied to this Part.

(g)       The chair shall convene the Commission. Meetings shall be held as often as necessary, but not less than two times a year.

(h)       A majority of the members of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The affirmative vote of a majority of the members present at meetings of the Commission shall be necessary for action to be taken by the Commission.

(i)        The Commission shall make its recommendations by March 15 of each year that terms expire for appointments for terms commencing July 1 of that year; provided the initial appointments for terms commencing October 1, 1994, shall be made upon recommendation of the Roanoke Island Historical Association. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 769, s. 12.5(a); 2000‑181, s. 2.4.)

 

§ 143B‑131.7.  Roanoke Island Commission – Counsel.

The Attorney General shall assign legal counsel to the Commission. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 769, s. 12.5(a).)

 

§ 143B‑131.8.  Roanoke Island Commission Fund; Roanoke Island Commission Endowment Fund.

(a)       The Roanoke Island Commission Fund is established as a nonreverting Fund and shall be administered by the Roanoke Island Commission. Seventy‑five percent (75%) of the revenues collected from any property operated by the Roanoke Island Commission shall be credited to the Fund. In addition, gifts, donations, grants, or bequests received by the Commission for the purpose of carrying out its duties and purposes may also be deposited in the Fund.

The funds in the Roanoke Island Commission Fund shall be used for the expenses of the Roanoke Island Commission and the operation and maintenance of properties operated by the Commission.

(b)       The Roanoke Island Commission Endowment Fund is established as a nonreverting Fund and shall be administered by the Commission. Twenty‑five percent (25%) of the revenue collected from any property operated by the Roanoke Island Commission shall be credited to the Fund. Until July 1, 2000, the revenues credited to the Roanoke Island Commission Endowment Fund and the interest earned on the revenue shall be held in reserve to create the principal for the Fund.

On and after July 1, 2000, eighty percent (80%) of the interest generated by the principal in the Roanoke Island Commission Endowment Fund shall be used by the Roanoke Island Commission to carry out its duties and purposes as set out by this Part. The Roanoke Island Commission may also use those interest funds for capital expenditures for the properties operated by the Commission. (1995, c. 507, s. 12.6(c).)

 

§ 143B‑131.9.  Roanoke Island Commission staff.

The Commission shall appoint and fix the salary of an Executive Director to serve at its pleasure and may hire other employees. Employees of the Commission who were transferred from the Department of Cultural Resources as of July 1, 1995, and who were subject to the State Personnel Act, Chapter 126 of the General Statutes, at the time of the transfer shall continue to be subject to that act. Employees of the Commission who were transferred but were not subject to the State Personnel Act at the time of transfer are not subject to the State Personnel Act. Employees of the Commission who were not transferred are not subject to the State Personnel Act unless the Commission designates the employee's position as subject to the State Personnel Act when the employee is hired. Once designated, a position remains subject to the State Personnel Act unless exempted in accordance with that act. (1995, c. 507, s. 12.6(c).)

 

§ 143B‑131.10.  Exceptions.

Notwithstanding G.S. 143C‑1‑1, the following provisions do not apply to this Part: G.S. 143C‑6‑4, 143C‑6‑5, and 143C‑6‑9. (1995, c. 507, s. 12.6(c); 2006‑203, s. 102.)

 

Part 28. Andrew Jackson Historic Memorial Committee.

§ 143B‑132.  Andrew Jackson Historic Memorial Committee.

(a)       The State of North Carolina and its citizens have long noted and recognized the origins and early life of Andrew Jackson, the nation's seventh president, in the Waxhaw region along the North Carolina‑South Carolina border. It is important that this State recognize the origins and early life of this outstanding national leader in Western North Carolina. It is necessary to plan an appropriate memorial in Union County, North Carolina, to commemorate and display for all Americans the origins and early life of Andrew Jackson.

(b)       There is created an Andrew Jackson Historic Memorial Committee to consist of 12 members, six appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives and six appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate. Members shall serve four‑year terms. Vacancies shall be filled by the appointing officer for the unexpired term.

(c)       The primary duties and responsibilities of the Committee are:

(1)       To assist the Office of Archives and History, Department of Cultural Resources in determining the need for a permanent memorial to honor Andrew Jackson and to commemorate and display the origins and early life of Jackson in the Waxhaw region.

(2)       To assist the Office of Archives and History, Department of Cultural Resources in determining the location, design, content, and form of a memorial, if the Committee determines that one is needed, at one of the sites associated with the early life of Andrew Jackson.

(3)       To assist the Office of Archives and History, Department of Cultural Resources in determining the most appropriate methods for proceeding with the establishment and operation of the memorial, including methods for obtaining the necessary financial resources for property acquisition, capital expenditures, and operational expenses.

(4)       To select appropriate qualified researchers and research institutions to assist the Committee in undertaking any required studies to complete the Committee's duties and responsibilities.

(d)       Members of this Committee may not receive per diem, travel reimbursement, or subsistence allowances.

(e)       Administrative and staff services for the Committee shall be provided by the Office of Archives and History, Department of Cultural Resources, which shall also provide the Committee with information in its possession relating to past research concerning the origins and early life of Andrew Jackson. In addition, the Office of Archives and History, Department of Cultural Resources shall assist the Committee in preparing a report for submission to the General Assembly.

(f)        Funds for the operation of the Committee shall be provided by the Department of Cultural Resources. (1985, c. 757, s. 180; 1995, c. 490, s. 7; 2002‑159, s. 35(l).)

 

Part 29.  Veterans' Memorial Commission.

§ 143B‑133.  Commission established.

(a)       There is created within the Department of Cultural Resources the Veterans' Memorial Commission.

(b)       The Veterans' Memorial Commission shall consist of 15 members, none of whom shall be members of the North Carolina General Assembly. The appointments shall be made as follows:

(1)       Five persons shall be appointed by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives in accordance with G.S. 120‑121.

(2)       Five persons shall be appointed by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate in accordance with G.S. 120‑121.

(3)       Five persons shall be appointed by the Governor.

Vacancies in appointments made by the General Assembly shall be filled in accordance with G.S. 120‑122. Other vacancies in appointive terms shall be filled by appointment by the Governor.

(c)       The members of the Commission shall serve for the life of the Commission.

(d)       The members of the Commission shall receive necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

(e)       The majority of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

(f)        The members of the Commission shall select a chairman and vice‑chairman.

(g)       The Commission shall meet at least once during each calendar quarter upon the call of the chairman. The initial meeting shall be called by the Secretary of Cultural Resources to be held no later than August 31, 1987.

(h)       The Department of Cultural Resources shall provide administrative and support staff to the Commission to assist it in performing its duties.

(i)        The Commission shall terminate and this Part expire upon dedication of the monument. (1987, c. 779, s. 1; 1995, c. 490, s. 62.)

 

§ 143B‑133.1.  Powers of Commission.

(a)       The Commission shall cause to be erected on the Capitol Grounds a monument to the veterans of World War I, World War II, and the Korean War.

(b)       The Commission may, in its discretion, hire any person or persons to design, construct, and erect the monument, and shall choose its location on the Capitol Grounds, in accordance with the review procedures of the North Carolina Historical Commission as set forth in Chapter 100 of the General Statutes, and without regard to Article 8 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes, G.S. 143B‑373, or G.S. 147‑12(12).

(c)       Further, when a designer is selected and awarded a contract by the Commission to construct and erect the memorial, the Commission shall so advise, in writing, the Office of State Budget and Management of the total amount of the contract, a schedule of payments to be executed, if required, including any particular conditions upon which final acceptance of the Memorial and payment to the designer shall be made. Upon receipt of this document, the Office of State Budget and Management shall cause disbursements to be made from the Reserve established by Section 3 of Chapter 971, Session Laws of 1983, in accordance with the Commission's contractual obligations. (1987, c. 779, s. 1; 2000‑140, s. 93.1(a); 2001‑424, s. 12.2(b).)

 

§ 143B‑134.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 30. African‑American Heritage Commission.

§ 143B‑135.  Commission established.

(a)       Creation and Duties. – There is created the African‑American Heritage Commission in the Department of Cultural Resources to advise and assist the Secretary of Cultural Resources in the preservation, interpretation, and promotion of African‑American history, arts, and culture. The Commission shall have the following powers and duties:

(1)       To advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources on methods and means of preserving African‑American history, arts, and culture.

(2)       To promote public awareness of historic buildings, sites, structures, artwork, and culture associated with North Carolina's African‑American heritage through special programs, exhibits, and publications.

(3)       To support African‑American heritage education in elementary and secondary schools in coordination with North Carolina Public Schools.

(4)       To build a statewide network of individuals and groups interested in the preservation of African‑American history, arts, and culture.

(5)       To develop a program to catalog, preserve, assess, and interpret all aspects of African‑American history, arts, and culture.

(6)       To advise the Secretary of Cultural Resources upon any matter the Secretary may refer to it.

(b)       Composition and Terms. – The Commission shall consist of 10 members who shall serve staggered terms. The initial board shall be selected on or before October 1, 2008, as follows:

(1)       Four appointed by the Governor, two of whom shall serve terms of three years, one of whom shall serve a term of two years, and one of whom shall serve a term of one year. At least one appointee shall be a member of the North Carolina Historical Commission.

(2)       Three appointed by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, one of whom shall serve a term of three years, one of whom shall serve a term of two years, and one of whom shall serve a term of one year.

(3)       Three appointed by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives, one of whom shall serve a term of three years, one of whom shall serve a term of two years, and one of whom shall serve a term of one year.

Upon the expiration of the terms of the initial Commission members, each member shall be appointed for a three‑year term and shall serve until a successor is appointed.

(c)       Vacancies. – A vacancy shall be filled in the same manner as the original appointment, except that all unexpired terms appointed by the General Assembly shall be filled in accordance with G.S. 120‑122. Appointees to fill vacancies shall serve the remainder of the unexpired term and until their successors have been duly appointed and qualified.

(d)       Removal. – The Commission may remove any of its members for neglect of duty, incompetence, or unprofessional conduct. A member subject to disciplinary proceedings shall be disqualified from participating in the official business of the Commission until the charges have been resolved.

(e)       Officers. – The chair shall be designated by the Governor from among the members of the Commission to serve as chair at the pleasure of the Governor. The Commission shall elect annually from its membership a vice‑chair and other officers deemed necessary by the Commission to carry out the purposes of this Article.

(f)        Meetings; Quorum. – The Commission shall meet at least semiannually to conduct business. The Board shall establish the procedures for calling, holding, and conducting regular and special meetings. A majority of Commission members shall constitute a quorum.

(g)       Compensation. – The Commission members shall receive no salary as a result of serving on the Commission but shall receive per diem, subsistence, and travel expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 120‑3.1, 138‑5, and 138‑6, as applicable.  (2008‑107, s. 19A.2.)

 

Article 3.

Department of Health and Human Services.

Part 1.  General Provisions.

§ 143B‑136:  Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑443, s.  11A.2.

 

§ 143B‑136.1.  Department of Health and Human Services – creation.

There is created a department to be known as the "Department of Health and Human Services," with the organization, duties, functions, and powers defined in this Article and other applicable provisions of law. (1997‑443, s. 11A.3.)

 

§ 143B‑137:  Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑443, s.  11A.2.

 

§ 143B‑137.1.  Department of Health and Human Services – duties.

It shall be the duty of the Department to provide the necessary management, development of policy, and establishment and enforcement of standards for the provisions of services in the fields of public and mental health and rehabilitation with the intent to assist all citizens – as individuals, families, and communities – to achieve and maintain an adequate level of health, social and economic well‑being, and dignity. Whenever possible, the Department shall emphasize preventive measures to avoid or to reduce the need for costly emergency treatments that often result from lack of forethought. The Department shall establish priorities to eliminate those excessive expenses incurred by the State for lack of adequate funding or careful planning of preventive measures. (1997‑443, s. 11A.3.)

 

§ 143B‑138:  Repealed by Session Laws 1997‑443, s.  11A.2.

 

§ 143B‑138.1.  Department of Health and Human Services – functions and organization.

(a)       All functions, powers, duties, and obligations previously vested in the following commissions, boards, councils, committees, or subunits of the Department of Human Resources are transferred to and vested in the Department of Health and Human Services by a Type I transfer, as defined in G.S. 143A‑6:

(1)       Division of Aging.

(2)       Division of Services for the Blind.

(3)       Division of Medical Assistance.

(4)       Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services.

(5)       Division of Social Services.

(6)       Division of Health Service Regulation.

(7)       Division of Vocational Rehabilitation.

(8)       Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑202, s. 4(v), effective January 1, 1999.

(9)       Division of Services for the Deaf and the Blind.

(10)     Office of Economic Opportunity.

(11)     Division of Child Development.

(12)     Office of Rural Health.

(b)       All functions, powers, duties, and obligations previously vested in the following commissions, boards, councils, committees, or subunits of the Department of Human Resources are transferred to and vested in the Department of Health and Human Services by a Type II transfer, as defined in G.S. 143A‑6:

(1)       Respite Care Program.

(2)       Governor's Advisory Council on Aging.

(3)       Commission for the Blind.

(4)       Professional Advisory Committee.

(5)       Consumer and Advocacy Advisory Committee for the Blind.

(6)       Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services.

(7)       Social Services Commission.

(8)       Child Day Care Commission.

(9)       Medical Care Commission.

(10)     Emergency Medical Services Advisory Council.

(11)     Board of Directors of the Governor Morehead School.

(12)     Board of Directors for the North Carolina Schools for the Deaf.

(13)     North Carolina Council for the Hearing Impaired.

(14)     Repealed by Session Laws 2002, ch. 126, s. 10.10D(c), effective October 1, 2002.

(15)     Council on Developmental Disabilities.

(c)       The functions, powers, duties, and obligations previously vested in the following commissions, boards, councils, committees, or subunits of the Department of Environment, Health, and Natural Resources are transferred to and vested in the Department of Health and Human Services by a Type I transfer, as defined in G.S. 143A‑6:

(1)       Division of Dental Health.

(2)       State Center for Health Statistics.

(3)       Division of Epidemiology.

(4)       Division of Health Promotion.

(5)       Division of Maternal and Child Health.

(6)       Office of Minority Health.

(7)       Office of Public Health Nursing.

(8)       Division of Laboratory Services.

(9)       Office of Local Health Services.

(10)     Division of Postmortem Medicolegal Examinations.

(11)     Office of Women's Health.

(d)       All functions, powers, duties, and obligations previously vested in the following commissions, boards, councils, committees, or subunits of the Department of Environment, Health, and Natural Resources are transferred to and vested in the Department of Health and Human Services by a Type II transfer, as defined in G.S. 143A‑6:

(1)       Commission for Public Health.

(2)       Council on Sickle Cell Syndrome.

(3)       Governor's Council on Physical Fitness and Health.

(4)       Commission of Anatomy.

(5)       Minority Health Advisory Council.

(6)       Advisory Committee on Cancer Coordination and Control.

(e)       The Department of Health and Human Services is vested with all other functions, powers, duties, and obligations as are conferred by the Constitution and laws of this State. (1997‑443, s. 11A.3; 1998‑202, s. 4(v); 2002‑126, s. 10.10D(c); 2007‑182, ss. 1, 2.)

 

§ 143B‑139.  Department of Health and Human Services – head.

The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall be the head of the Department. (1973, c. 476, s. 120; 1997‑443, s. 11A.122.)

 

§ 143B‑139.1.  Secretary of Health and Human Services to adopt rules applicable to local health and human services agencies.

The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services may adopt rules applicable to local health and human services agencies for the purpose of program evaluation, fiscal audits, and collection of third‑party payments. The Secretary may adopt and enforce rules governing:

(1)       The placement of individuals in licensable facilities located outside the individual's community and ability of the providers to return the individual to the individual's community as soon as possible without detriment to the individual or the community.

(2)       The monitoring of mental health, developmental disability, and substance abuse services.

(3)       The communication procedures between the area authority or county program, the local department of social services, the local education authority, and the criminal justice agency, if involved with the individual, regarding the placement of the individual outside the individual's community and the transfer of the individual's records in accordance with law.

(4)       The enrollment and revocation of enrollment of Medicaid providers who have been previously sanctioned by the Department and want to provide services under this Article. (1975, c. 875, s. 45; 1997‑443, s. 11A.101; 2002‑164, s. 4.5.)

 

§ 143B‑139.2.  Secretary of Health and Human Services requests for grants‑in‑aid from non‑State agencies.

It is the intent of this General Assembly that non‑State health and human services agencies submit their appropriation requests for grants‑in‑aid through the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services for recommendations to the Governor and the General Assembly, and that agencies receiving these grants, at the request of the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, provide a postaudit of their operations that has been done by a certified public accountant. (1975, c. 875, s. 16; 1989, c. 727, s. 173; 1997‑443, s. 11A.102; 2006‑203, s. 103.)

 

§ 143B‑139.3.  Department of Health and Human Services – authority to contract with other entities.

(a)       The Department of Health and Human Services is authorized to contract with any governmental agency, person, association, or corporation for the accomplishment of its duties and responsibilities provided that the expenditure of funds pursuant to such contracts shall be for the purposes for which the funds were appropriated and is not otherwise prohibited by law.

(b)       The Department is authorized to enter into contracts with and to act as intermediary between any federal government agency and any county of this State for the purpose of assisting the county to recover monies expended by a county‑funded financial assistance program; and, as a condition of such assistance, the county shall agree to hold and save harmless the Department against any claims, loss, or expense which the Department might incur under the contracts by reason of any erroneous, unlawful, or tortious act or omission of the county or its officials, agents, or employees. (1979, 2nd Sess., c. 1094, s. 1; 1983, c. 13; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑139.4.  Department of Health and Human Services; authority to assist private nonprofit organizations.

(a)       The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services may allow employees of the Department or provide other appropriate services to assist any private nonprofit organization which works directly with services or programs of the Department and whose sole purpose is to support the services and programs of the Department. Except as provided in G.S. 143B‑164.18, a Department employee shall be allowed to work with an organization no more than 20 hours in any one month. These services are not subject to the provisions of Chapter 150B of the General Statutes.

(b)       A private, nonprofit organization that receives employee assistance or other appropriate services in accordance with subsection (a) of this section, shall document all contributions received, including employee time, supplies, materials, equipment, and physical space. The documentation shall also provide an estimated value of all contributions received as well as any compensation paid to or bonuses received by State employees. This documentation shall be submitted annually to the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services in a format approved by the Secretary. Nonprofit organizations with less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) in annual income shall submit an affidavit or annual audit from the chief officer of the organization providing and attesting to the financial condition of the organization and the expenditure of funds or use of State employee services or other State services, within six months from the nonprofit's fiscal year end. The board of directors of each private, nonprofit organization with an annual income of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) or more shall secure and pay for the services of the State Auditor's Office or employ a certified public accountant to conduct an annual audit of the financial accounts of the organization. The board of directors shall transmit to the Secretary of the Department a copy of the annual financial audit report of the private nonprofit organization. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to relieve the private, nonprofit organization from other applicable reporting requirements established by law.

(c)       Notwithstanding the limitations of subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services may assign employees of the Office of Rural Health and Resource Development to serve as in‑kind match to nonprofit organizations working to establish health care programs that will improve health care access while controlling costs. (1987, c. 634, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1999‑237, s. 11.3; 2001‑412, s. 3; 2006‑66, s. 10.19.)

 

§ 143B‑139.5.  Department of Health and Human Services; adult care State/county share of costs.

State funds available to the Department of Health and Human Services shall pay fifty percent (50%), and the counties shall pay fifty percent (50%) of the authorized rates for care in adult care homes including area mental health agency‑operated or contracted‑group homes. (1991, c. 689, s. 128; 1995, c. 535, s. 31; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑139.5A.  Collaboration between Division of Social Services and Commission of Indian Affairs on Indian Child Welfare Issues.

The Division of Social Services, Department of Health and Human Services, shall work in collaboration with the Commission of Indian Affairs, Department of Administration, and the North Carolina Directors of Social Services Association to develop, in a manner consistent with federal law, an effective process through which the following can be accomplished:

(1)       Establishment of a relationship between the Division of Social Services and the Indian tribes set forth in G.S. 143B‑407(a), either separately or through a central entity, that will enable these tribes, in general, and tribal councils or other tribal organizations, in particular, to receive reasonable notice of identified Indian children who are being placed in foster care or adoption or who otherwise enter the child protective services system, and to be consulted on policies and other matters pertinent to placement of Indian children in foster care or adoption.

(2)       Agreement on a process by which North Carolina Indians might be identified and recruited for purposes of becoming foster care and adoptive parents.

(3)       Agreement on a process by which the cultural, social, and historical perspective and significance associated with Indian life may be taught to appropriate child welfare workers and to foster and adoptive parents.

(4)       Identification or formation of Indian child welfare advocacy, placement and training entities with which the Department of Health and Human Services might contract or otherwise form partnerships for the purpose of implementing the provisions of this act.

(5)       Development of a valid and reliable process through which Indian children within the child welfare system can be identified.

(6)       Identify the appropriate roles of the State and of Indian tribes, organizations and agencies to ensure successful means for securing the best interests of Indian children. (2001‑309, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑139.5B.  Department of Health and Human Services – provision for joint training.

The Department of Health and Human Services shall offer joint training of Division of Health Service Regulation consultants, county DSS adult home specialists, and adult care home providers. The training shall be offered no fewer than two times per year, and subject matter of the training should be based on one or more of the 10 deficiencies cited most frequently in the State during the immediately preceding calendar year. The joint training shall be designed to reduce inconsistencies experienced by providers in the survey process, to increase objectivity by DHSR consultants and DSS specialists in conducting surveys, and to promote a higher degree of understanding between facility staff and DHSR consultants and DSS specialists in what is expected during the survey process.  (2001‑385, s. 1(c); 2007‑182, s. 1; 2008‑187, s. 25.)

 

§ 143B‑139.6.  Confidentiality of records.

All privileged patient medical records in the possession of the Department of Health and Human Services shall be confidential and shall not be public records pursuant to G.S. 132‑1. (1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 890, s. 20; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑139.6A.  Secretary's responsibilities regarding availability of early intervention services.

The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services shall ensure, in cooperation with other appropriate agencies, that all types of early intervention services specified in the "Individuals with Disabilities Education Act" (IDEA), P.L. 102‑119, the federal early intervention legislation, are available to all eligible infants and toddlers and their families to the extent funded by the General Assembly.

The Secretary shall coordinate and facilitate the development and administration of the early intervention system for eligible infants and toddlers and shall assign among the cooperating agencies the responsibility, including financial responsibility, for services. The Secretary shall be advised by the Interagency Coordinating Council for Children from Birth to Five with Disabilities and Their Families, established by G.S. 143B‑179.5, and may enter into formal interagency agreements to establish the collaborative relationships with the Department of Public Instruction, other appropriate agencies, and other public and private service providers necessary to administer the system and deliver the services.

The Secretary shall adopt rules to implement the early intervention system, in consultation with all other appropriate agencies. (2001‑437, s. 1.20(b).)

 

§ 143B‑139.6B.  Department of Health and Human Services; authority to deduct payroll for child care services.

Notwithstanding G.S. 143‑3.3 and pursuant to rules adopted by the State Controller, an employee of the Department of Health and Human Services may, in writing, authorize the Department to periodically deduct from the employee's salary or wages paid for employment by the State, a designated lump sum to be paid to satisfy the cost of services received for child care provided by the Department. (2005‑276, s. 10.8.)

 

Part 1A.  Consolidated County Human Services.

§ 143B‑139.7.  Consolidated county human services funding.

(a)       The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services shall adopt rules and policies to provide that:

(1)       Any dedicated funding streams for local public health services, for social services, and for mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse services may flow to a consolidated county human services agency and the consolidated human services board in the same manner as that for funding nonconsolidated county human services, unless a different manner of allocation is otherwise required by law.

(2)       The fiscal accountability and reporting requirements pertaining to local health boards, social services boards, and area mental health authority boards apply to a consolidated human services board.

(b)       The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services may adopt any other rule or policy required to facilitate the provision of human services by a consolidated county human services agency or a consolidated human services board.

(c)       For the purposes of this section, "consolidated county human services agency" means a county human services agency created pursuant to G.S. 153A‑77(b). "Consolidated human services board" means a county human services board established pursuant to G.S. 153A‑77(b). (1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 690, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑140:  Repealed by Session Laws 1989, c.  727, s. 174.

 

Part 2.  Board of Human Resources.

§ 143B‑141.  Repealed by Session Laws 1983, c. 494, effective June 10, 1983.

 

Part 3. Commission for Health Services.

§§ 143B‑142 through 143B‑146:  Recodified as §§ 130A‑29 through 130A‑33 by Session Laws 1989, c. 727, s. 175.

 

Part 3A. Education Programs in Residential Schools.

§ 143B‑146.1.  Mission of schools; definitions.

(a)       It is the intent of the General Assembly that the mission of the residential school community is to challenge with high expectations each child to learn, to achieve, and to fulfill his or her potential.

(b)       The following definitions apply in this Part:

(1)       ABC's Program or Program. – The School‑Based Management and Accountability Program developed by the State Board.

(2)       Department. – The Department of Health and Human Services.

(3)       Instructional personnel. – Assistant principals, teachers, instructional personnel, instructional support personnel, and teacher assistants employed in a residential school.

(4)       Participating school. – A residential school that is required to participate in the ABC's Program.

(5)       Residential school personnel. – The individuals included in G.S. 143B‑146.16(a)(2).

(6)       Schools. – The residential schools under the control of the Secretary.

(7)       Secretary. – The Secretary of Health and Human Services.

(8)       State Board. – The State Board of Education.

(9)       Superintendent. – The Superintendent of the Office of Education Services of the Department of Health and Human Services. (1998‑131, s. 5; 2005‑195, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑146.2.  ABC's Program in residential schools.

(a)       The Governor Morehead School and the schools for the deaf shall participate in the ABC's Program. The Secretary, in consultation with the General Assembly and the State Board, may designate other residential schools that must participate in the ABC's Program. The primary goal of the ABC's Program is to improve student performance. The Program is based upon an accountability, recognition, assistance, and intervention process in order to hold each participating school, its principal, and the instructional personnel accountable for improved student performance in that school.

(b)       In order to support the participating schools in the implementation of this Program, the State Board, in consultation with the Secretary, shall adopt guidelines, including guidelines to:

(1)       Assist the Secretary and the participating schools in the development and implementation of the ABC's Program.

(2)       Recognize the participating schools that meet or exceed their goals.

(3)       Identify participating schools that are low‑performing and assign assistance teams to those schools. The assistance teams should include individuals with expertise in residential schools, individuals with experience in the education of children with disabilities, and others the State Board, in consultation with the Secretary, considers appropriate.

(4)       Enable assistance teams to make appropriate recommendations.

(c)       The ABC's Program shall provide increased decision making and parental involvement at the school level with the goal of improving student performance.

(d)       Consistent with improving student performance, the Secretary shall provide maximum flexibility to participating schools in the use of funds to enable those schools to accomplish their goals. (1998‑131, s. 5; 2001‑424, s. 21.81(c); 2005‑195, s. 2.)

 

§ 143B‑146.3.  Annual performance goals.

The ABC's Program shall (i) focus on student performance in the basics of reading, mathematics, and communications skills in elementary and middle schools, (ii) focus on student performance in courses required for graduation and on other measures required by the State Board in the high schools, and (iii) hold participating schools accountable for the educational growth of their students. To those ends, the State Board shall design and implement an accountability system that sets annual performance standards for each participating school in order to measure the growth in performance of the students in each individual school. (1998‑131, s. 5.)

 

§ 143B‑146.4.  Performance recognition.

(a)       The personnel in participating schools that achieve a level of expected growth greater than one hundred percent (100%) at a level to be determined by the State Board of Education are eligible for financial awards in amounts set by the State Board. Schools and personnel shall not be required to apply for these awards. For the purpose of this section, "personnel" includes the principal and the instructional personnel (i) serving students in one or more of the grades kindergarten through 12 or (ii) assigned to a prekindergarten program that is located within the participating school and is designed to prepare students for kindergarten at that school.

(b)       The State Board shall establish a procedure to allocate the funds for these awards. Funds shall become available for expenditure July 1 of each fiscal year. Funds shall remain available until November 30 of the subsequent fiscal year for expenditure for awards to personnel.

The Secretary is encouraged to make these awards to each eligible person no later than the first regular teacher payroll following receipt of the funds, and shall make these awards to each eligible person no later than the second regular teacher payroll following the receipt of the funds. (1998‑131, s. 5; 2005‑195, s. 3.)

 

§ 143B‑146.5.  Identification of low‑performing schools.

(a)       The State Board shall design and implement a procedure to identify low‑performing schools on an annual basis. Low‑performing schools are those participating schools in which there is a failure to meet the minimum growth standards, as defined by the State Board, and a majority of students are performing below grade level.

(b)       By July 10 of each year, the Secretary shall do a preliminary analysis of test results to determine which participating schools the State Board may identify as low‑performing under this section. The Secretary then shall proceed under G.S. 143B‑146.7. In addition, within 30 days of the initial identification of a school as low‑performing by the Secretary or the State Board, whichever occurs first, the Secretary shall develop a preliminary plan for addressing the needs of that school. Before the Secretary adopts this plan, the Secretary shall make the plan available to the residential school personnel and the parents and guardians of the students of the school, and shall allow for written comments. Within five days of adopting the plan, the Secretary shall submit the plan to the State Board. The State Board shall review the plan expeditiously and, if appropriate, may offer recommendations to modify the plan. The Secretary shall consider any recommendations made by the State Board.

(c)       Each identified low‑performing school shall provide written notification to the parents of students attending that school. The written notification shall include a statement that the State Board of Education has found that the school has "failed to meet the minimum growth standards, as defined by the State Board, and a majority of students in the school are performing below grade level." This notification also shall include a description of the steps the school is taking to improve student performance. (1998‑131, s. 5.)

 

§ 143B‑146.6.  Assistance teams; review by State Board.

(a)       The State Board may assign an assistance team to any school identified as low‑performing under this Part or to any other school that the State Board determines would benefit from an assistance team. The State Board shall give priority to low‑performing schools in which the educational performance of the students is declining. The Department shall, with the approval of the Secretary, provide staff as needed and requested by an assistance team.

(b)       When assigned to an identified low‑performing school, an assistance team shall:

(1)       Review and investigate all facets of school operations, including instructional and residential, and assist in developing recommendations for improving student performance at that school.

(2)       Evaluate at least semiannually the principal and instructional personnel assigned to the school and make findings and recommendations concerning their performance.

(3)       Collaborate with school staff, the Department, and the Secretary in the design, implementation, and monitoring of a plan that, if fully implemented, can reasonably be expected to alleviate problems and improve student performance at that school.

(4)       Make recommendations as the school develops and implements this plan.

(5)       Review the school's progress.

(6)       Report, as appropriate, to the Secretary, the State Board, and the parents on the school's progress. If an assistance team determines that an accepted school improvement plan developed under G.S. 143B‑146.12 is impeding student performance at a school, the team may recommend to the Secretary that he vacate the relevant portions of that plan and direct the school to revise those portions.

(c)       If a participating school fails to improve student performance after assistance is provided under this section, the assistance team may recommend that the assistance continue or that the Secretary take further action under G.S. 143B‑146.7.

(d)       The Secretary, in consultation with the State Board, shall annually review the progress made in identified low‑performing schools. (1998‑131, s. 5; 2005‑195, s. 4.)

 

§ 143B‑146.7.  Consequences for personnel at low‑performing schools.

(a)       Within 30 days of the initial identification of a school as low‑performing, whether by the Secretary under G.S. 143B‑146.5(b) or by the State Board under G.S. 143B‑146.5(a), the Secretary shall take one of the following actions concerning the school's principal: (i) decide whether the principal should be retained in the same position, (ii) decide whether the principal should be retained in the same position and a plan of remediation should be developed, (iii) decide whether the principal should be transferred, or (iv) proceed under the State Personnel Act to dismiss or demote the principal. The principal may be retained in the same position without a plan for remediation only if the principal was in that position for no more than two years before the school is identified as low‑performing. The principal shall not be transferred to another position unless (i) it is in a principal position in which the principal previously demonstrated at least two years of success, (ii) there is a plan to evaluate and provide remediation to the principal for at least one year following the transfer to assure the principal does not impede student performance at the school to which the principal is being transferred; and (iii) the parents of the students at the school to which the principal is being transferred are notified. The principal shall not be transferred to another low‑performing school. The Secretary may, at any time, proceed under the State Personnel Act for the dismissal of any principal who is assigned to a low‑performing school to which an assistance team has been assigned. The Secretary shall proceed under the State Personnel Act for the dismissal of any principal when the Secretary receives from the assistance team assigned to that school two consecutive evaluations that include written findings and recommendations regarding the principal's inadequate performance. The Secretary shall order the dismissal of the principal if the Secretary determines from available information, including the findings of the assistance team, that the low performance of the school is due to the principal's inadequate performance. The Secretary may order the dismissal of the principal if (i) the Secretary determines that the school has not made satisfactory improvement after the State Board assigned an assistance team to that school; and (ii) the assistance team makes the recommendation to dismiss the principal. The Secretary may order the dismissal of a principal before the assistance team assigned to the principal's school has evaluated that principal if the Secretary determines from other available information that the low performance of the school is due to the principal's inadequate performance. The burden of proof is on the principal to establish that the factors leading to the school's low performance were not due to the principal's inadequate performance. The burden of proof is on the Secretary to establish that the school failed to make satisfactory improvement after an assistance team was assigned to the school. Two consecutive evaluations that include written findings and recommendations regarding that person's inadequate performance from the assistance team are substantial evidence of the inadequate performance of the principal. Within 15 days of the Secretary's decision concerning the principal, but no later than September 30, the Secretary shall submit to the State Board a written notice of the action taken and the basis for that action.

(b)       At any time after the State Board identifies a school as low‑performing under this Part, the Secretary shall proceed under G.S. 115C‑325(p1) for the dismissal of certificated instructional personnel assigned to that school.

(c)       At any time after the State Board identifies a school as low‑performing under this Part, the Secretary shall proceed under the State Personnel Act for the dismissal of instructional personnel who are not certificated when the Secretary receives two consecutive evaluations that include written findings and recommendations regarding that person's inadequate performance from the assistance team. These findings and recommendations shall be substantial evidence of the inadequate performance of the instructional personnel. The Secretary may proceed under the State Personnel Act for the dismissal of instructional personnel who are not certificated when: (i) the Secretary determines that the school has failed to make satisfactory improvement after the State Board assigned an assistance team to that school; and (ii) that the assistance team makes the recommendation to dismiss that person for a reason that constitutes just cause for dismissal under the State Personnel Act.

(d)       The certificated instructional personnel working in a participating school at the time the school is identified by the State Board as low‑performing are subject to G.S. 115C‑105.38A.

(e)       The Secretary may terminate the contract of a school administrator dismissed under this section. Nothing in this section shall prevent the Secretary from refusing to renew the contract of any person employed in a school identified as low‑performing under this Part. (1998‑131, s. 5; 2005‑195, s. 5.)

 

§ 143B‑146.8.  Evaluation of certificated personnel and principals; action plans; State Board notification.

(a)       Annual Evaluations; Low‑Performing Schools. – The principal shall evaluate at least once each year all certificated personnel assigned to a participating school that has been identified as low‑performing but has not received an assistance team. The evaluation shall occur early enough during the school year to provide adequate time for the development and implementation of an action plan if one is recommended under subsection (b) of this section. If the employee is a teacher as defined under G.S. 115C‑325(a)(6), either the principal or an assessment team assigned under G.S. 143B‑146.9 shall conduct the evaluation. If the employee is a school administrator as defined under G.S. 115C‑287.1(a)(3), the Superintendent shall conduct the evaluation.

Notwithstanding this subsection or any other law, the principal shall observe at least three times annually, a teacher shall observe at least once annually, and the principal shall evaluate at least once annually, all teachers who have not attained career status. All other employees defined as teachers under G.S. 115C‑325(a)(6) who are assigned to participating schools that are not designated as low‑performing shall be evaluated annually unless the Secretary adopts rules that allow specified categories of teachers with career status to be evaluated more or less frequently. The Secretary also may adopt rules requiring the annual evaluation of noncertificated personnel. This section shall not be construed to limit the duties and authority of an assistance team assigned to a low‑performing school.

The Secretary shall use the State Board's performance standards and criteria unless the Secretary develops an alternative evaluation that is properly validated and that includes standards and criteria similar to those adopted by the State Board. All other provisions of this section shall apply if an evaluation is used other than one adopted by the State Board.

(b)       Action Plans. – If a certificated employee in a participating school that has been identified as low‑performing receives an unsatisfactory or below standard rating on any function of the evaluation that is related to the employee's instructional duties, the individual or team that conducted the evaluation shall recommend to the principal that: (i) the employee receive an action plan designed to improve the employee's performance; or (ii) the principal recommend to the Secretary that the employee be dismissed or demoted. The principal shall determine whether to develop an action plan or to recommend a dismissal proceeding. The person who evaluated the employee or the employee's supervisor shall develop the action plan unless an assistance team or assessment team conducted the evaluation. If an assistance team or assessment team conducted the evaluation, that team shall develop the action plan in collaboration with the employee's supervisor. Action plans shall be designed to be completed within 90 instructional days or before the beginning of the next school year. The State Board, in consultation with the Secretary, shall develop guidelines that include strategies to assist in evaluating certificated personnel and developing effective action plans within the time allotted under this section. The Secretary may adopt policies for the development and implementation of action plans or professional development plans for personnel who do not require action plans under this section.

(c)       Reevaluation. – Upon completion of an action plan under subsection (b) of this section, the principal or the assessment team shall evaluate the employee a second time. If on the second evaluation the employee receives one unsatisfactory or more than one below standard rating on any function that is related to the employee's instructional duties, the principal shall recommend that the employee be dismissed or demoted under G.S. 115C‑325. The results of the second evaluation shall constitute substantial evidence of the employee's inadequate performance.

(d)       State Board Notification. – If the Secretary dismisses an employee for any reason except a reduction in force under G.S. 115C‑325(e)(1)l., the Secretary shall notify the State Board of the action, and the State Board annually shall provide to all local boards of education the names of those individuals. If a local board hires one of these individuals, that local board shall proceed under G.S. 115C‑333(d).

(e)       Civil Immunity. – There shall be no liability for negligence on the part of the Secretary or the State Board, or their employees, arising from any action taken or omission by any of them in carrying out this section. The immunity established by this subsection shall not extend to gross negligence, wanton conduct, or intentional wrongdoing that would otherwise be actionable. The immunity established by this subsection is waived to the extent of indemnification by insurance, indemnification under Articles 31A and 31B of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes, and to the extent sovereign immunity is waived under the Tort Claims Act, as set forth in Article 31 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes.

(f)        Evaluation of Principals. – Each year the Secretary or the Superintendent shall evaluate the principals. (1998‑131, s. 5; 2005‑195, s. 6.)

 

§ 143B‑146.9.  Assessment teams.

The State Board shall develop guidelines for the Secretary to use to create assessment teams. The Secretary shall assign an assessment team to every low‑performing school that has not received an assistance team. The Secretary shall ensure that assessment team members are trained in the proper administration of the employee evaluation used in the participating schools. If service on an assessment team is an additional duty for an employee of a local school administrative unit or an employee of a residential school, the Secretary may pay the employee for that additional work.

Assessment teams shall:

(1)       Conduct evaluations of certificated personnel in low‑performing schools;

(2)       Provide technical assistance and training to principals who conduct evaluations of certificated personnel;

(3)       Develop action plans for certificated personnel; and

(4)       Assist principals in the development and implementation of action plans. (1998‑131, s. 5; 2005‑195, s. 7.)

 

§ 143B‑146.10.  Development of performance standards and criteria for certificated personnel.

The State Board, in consultation with the Secretary, shall revise and develop uniform performance standards and criteria to be used in evaluating certificated personnel, including school administrators. These standards and criteria shall include improving student achievement, employee skills, and employee knowledge. The standards and criteria for school administrators also shall include building‑level gains in student learning and effectiveness in providing for school safety and enforcing student discipline. The Secretary shall develop guidelines for evaluating principals. The guidelines shall include criteria for evaluating a principal's effectiveness in providing safe schools and enforcing student discipline. (1998‑131, s. 5; 2005‑195, s. 8.)

 

§ 143B‑146.11.  School calendar.

Each school shall adopt a school calendar that includes a minimum of 180 days and 1,000 hours of instruction covering at least nine calendar months. In the development of its school calendar, each school shall consult with parents, the residential school personnel, and the local school administrative unit in which that school is located. (1998‑131, s. 5.)

 

§ 143B‑146.12.  Development and approval of school improvement plans.

(a)       In order to improve student performance, each school shall develop a school improvement plan that takes into consideration the annual performance goal for that school that is set by the State Board under G.S. 143B‑146.3. The principal of each school, instructional personnel, and residential life personnel assigned to that school, and a minimum of five parents of children enrolled in the school shall constitute a school improvement team to develop a school improvement plan to improve student performance.

(a1)     Representatives of the instructional and residential life personnel shall be elected by their respective groups by secret ballot.

(b)       Parents shall be elected by parents of children enrolled in the school in an election conducted by the parent and teacher organization of the school or, if none exists, by the largest organization of parents formed for this purpose. To the extent possible, parents serving on school improvement teams shall reflect the composition of the students enrolled in that school. No more than two parents may be employees of the school. Parental involvement is a critical component of school success and positive student achievement; therefore, it is the intent of the General Assembly that parents, along with instructional and residential life personnel, have a substantial role in developing school improvement plans. To this end, school improvement team meetings shall be held at a convenient time to assure substantial parent participation. Parents who are elected to serve on school improvement teams and who are not employees of the school shall receive travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with G.S. 138‑5 and, if appropriate, may receive a stipend.

(c)       The strategies for improving student performance shall include the following:

(1)       A plan for the use of staff development funds that may be made available to the school to implement the school improvement plan. The plan may provide that a portion of these funds is used for mentor training and for release time and substitute teachers while teachers are meeting with mentors;

(1a)     A plan for preparing students to read at grade level by the time they enter second grade. The plan shall require kindergarten and first grade teachers to notify parents or guardians when a child is not reading at grade level and is at risk of not reading at grade level by the time the child enters second grade. The plan may include the use of assessments to monitor students' progress in learning to read, strategies for teachers and parents to implement that will help students improve and expand their reading ability, and provide for the recognition of teachers and strategies that appear to be effective at preparing students to read at grade level.

(2)       A comprehensive plan to encourage parent involvement.

(3)       A safe school plan designed to provide that the school is safe, secure, and orderly, that there is a climate of respect in the school, and that appropriate personal conduct is a priority for all students and all residential school personnel. This plan shall include components similar to those listed in G.S. 115C‑105.47(b).

(4)       A plan that specifies the effective instructional practices and methods to be used to improve the academic performance of students identified as at risk of academic failure or at risk of dropping out of school.

(d)       Support among affected staff members is essential to successful implementation of a school improvement plan to address improved student performance at that school. The principal of the school shall present the proposed school improvement plan to all of the instructional personnel assigned to the school for their review and vote. The vote shall be by secret ballot. The principal shall submit the school improvement plan to the Superintendent for presentation to the Secretary only if the proposed school improvement plan has the approval of a majority of the instructional personnel who voted on the plan.

(e)       The Secretary shall accept or reject the school improvement plan. The Secretary shall not make any substantive changes in any school improvement plan that the Secretary accepts. If the Secretary rejects a school improvement plan, the Secretary shall state with specificity the reasons for rejecting the plan to the Superintendent to share with the principal; the school improvement team may then prepare another plan, present it to the instructional personnel assigned to the school for a vote, and submit it to the Superintendent for presentation to the Secretary to accept or reject. Within 60 days after the initial submission of the school improvement plan to the Secretary, the Secretary shall accept the plan or shall direct that the Superintendent work with the school improvement team to resolve the disagreements. If there is no resolution within 30 days, then the Secretary may develop a school improvement plan for the school; however, the General Assembly urges the Secretary to utilize the school's proposed school improvement plan to the maximum extent possible when developing this plan.

(f)        A school improvement plan shall remain in effect for no more than three years; however, the school improvement team may amend the plan as often as is necessary or appropriate. If, at any time, any part of a school improvement plan becomes unlawful or the Secretary finds that a school improvement plan is impeding student performance at a school, the Secretary may vacate the relevant portion of the plan and may direct the school to revise that portion. The procedures set out in this section shall apply to amendments and revisions to school improvement plans.

(g)       Any funds the Secretary makes available to a school to meet the goals for that school under the ABC's Program and to implement the school improvement plan at that school shall be used in accordance with those goals and the school improvement plan.

(h)       The Superintendent, in consultation with the State Board, shall develop a list of recommended strategies that it determines to be effective which building level committees may use to establish parent involvement programs designed to meet the specific needs of their schools.

(i)        Once developed, the principal shall ensure the plan is available and accessible to parents and the school community. (1998‑131, s. 5; 2005‑195, s. 9.)

 

§ 143B‑146.13.  School technology plan.

(a)       No later than December 15, 1998, the Secretary shall develop a school technology plan for the residential schools that meets the requirements of the State school technology plan. In developing a school technology plan, the Secretary is encouraged to coordinate its planning with other agencies of State and local government, including local school administrative units.

The Office of Information Technology Services shall assist the Secretary in developing the parts of the plan related to its technological aspects, to the extent that resources are available to do so. The Department of Public Instruction shall assist the Secretary in developing the instructional and technological aspects of the plan.

The Secretary shall submit the plan that is developed to the Office of Information Technology Services for its evaluation of the parts of the plan related to its technological aspects and to the Department of Public Instruction for its evaluation of the instructional aspects of the plan. The State Board of Education, after consideration of the evaluations of the Office of Information Technology Services and the Department of Public Instruction, shall approve all plans that comply with the requirements of the State school technology plan.

(b)       After a plan is approved by the State Board of Education, all funds spent for technology in the residential schools shall be used to implement the school technology plan. (1998‑131, s. 5; 2004‑129, s. 45.)

 

§ 143B‑146.14.  Dispute resolution; appeals to Secretary.

The Secretary shall establish a procedure for the resolution of disputes between the residential schools and the parents or guardians of students who attend the schools.

An appeal shall lie from the decision of all residential school personnel to the Secretary or the Secretary's designee. In all of these appeals it is the duty of the Secretary to see that a proper notice is given to all parties concerned and that a record of the hearing is properly entered in the records. (1998‑131, s. 5.)

 

§ 143B‑146.15.  Duty to report certain acts to law enforcement.

When the principal has personal knowledge or actual notice from residential school personnel or other reliable source that an act has occurred on school property involving assault resulting in serious personal injury, sexual assault, sexual offense, rape, kidnapping, indecent liberties with a minor, assault involving the use of a weapon, possession of a firearm in violation of the law, possession of a weapon in violation of the law, or possession of a controlled substance in violation of the law, the principal shall immediately report the act to the appropriate local law enforcement agency. Failure to report under this section is a Class 3 misdemeanor. For purposes of this section, "school property" shall include any building, bus, campus, grounds, recreational area, or athletic field, in the charge of the principal or while the student is under the supervision of school personnel. It is the intent of the General Assembly that the principal notify the Secretary or the Superintendent of any report made to law enforcement under this section. (1998‑131, s. 5; 2005‑195, s. 10.)

 

§ 143B‑146.16.  Residential school personnel criminal history checks.

(a)       As used in this section:

(1)       "Criminal history" means a county, state, or federal criminal history of conviction of a crime, whether a misdemeanor or a felony, that indicates the employee (i) poses a threat to the physical safety of students or personnel, or (ii) has demonstrated that he or she does not have the integrity or honesty to fulfill his or her duties as school personnel. Such crimes include the following North Carolina crimes contained in any of the following Articles of Chapter 14 of the General Statutes: Article 5A, Endangering Executive and Legislative Officers; Article 6, Homicide; Article 7A, Rape and Kindred Offenses; Article 8, Assaults; Article 10, Kidnapping and Abduction; Article 13, Malicious Injury or Damage by Use of Explosive or Incendiary Device or Material; Article 14, Burglary and Other Housebreakings; Article 15, Arson and Other Burnings; Article 16, Larceny; Article 17, Robbery; Article 18, Embezzlement; Article 19, False Pretense and Cheats; Article 19A, Obtaining Property or Services by False or Fraudulent Use of Credit Device or Other Means; Article 20, Frauds; Article 21, Forgery; Article 26, Offenses Against Public Morality and Decency; Article 26A, Adult Establishments; Article 27, Prostitution; Article 28, Perjury; Article 29, Bribery; Article 31, Misconduct in Public Office; Article 35, Offenses Against the Public Peace; Article 36A, Riots and Civil Disorders; Article 39, Protection of Minors; and Article 60, Computer‑Related Crime. Such crimes also include possession or sale of drugs in violation of the North Carolina Controlled Substances Act, Article 5 of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes, and alcohol‑related offenses such as sale to underage persons in violation of G.S. 18B‑302 or driving while impaired in violation of G.S. 20‑138.1 through G.S. 20‑138.5. In addition to the North Carolina crimes listed in this subdivision, such crimes also include similar crimes under federal law or under the laws of other states.

(2)       "Residential school personnel" means any:

a.         Employee of a residential school whether full time or part time, or

b.         Independent contractor or employee of an independent contractor of a residential school, if the independent contractor carries out duties customarily performed by residential school personnel,

            whether paid with federal, State, local, or other funds, who has significant access to students in a residential school. Residential school personnel includes substitute teachers, driver training teachers, bus drivers, clerical staff, houseparents, and custodians.

(b)       The Secretary shall require an applicant for a residential school personnel position to be checked for a criminal history before the applicant is offered an unconditional job. A residential school may employ an applicant conditionally while the Secretary is checking the person's criminal history and making a decision based on the results of the check.

The Secretary shall not require an applicant to pay for the criminal history check authorized under this subsection.

(c)       The Department of Justice shall provide to the Secretary the criminal history from the State and National Repositories of Criminal Histories of any applicant for a residential school personnel position in a residential school. The Secretary shall require the person to be checked by the Department of Justice to (i) be fingerprinted and to provide any additional information required by the Department of Justice to a person designated by the Secretary, or to the local sheriff or the municipal police, whichever is more convenient for the person, and (ii) sign a form consenting to the check of the criminal record and to the use of fingerprints and other identifying information required by the repositories. The Secretary shall consider refusal to consent when making employment decisions and decisions with regard to independent contractors.

The Secretary shall not require an applicant to pay for being fingerprinted.

(d)       The Secretary shall review the criminal history it receives on a person. The Secretary shall determine whether the results of the review indicate that the employee (i) poses a threat to the physical safety of students or personnel, or (ii) has demonstrated that he or she does not have the integrity or honesty to fulfill his or her duties as residential school personnel and shall use the information when making employment decisions and decisions with regard to independent contractors. The Secretary shall make written findings with regard to how it used the information when making employment decisions and decisions with regard to independent contractors.

(e)       The Secretary shall provide to the State Board of Education the criminal history received on a person who is certificated, certified, or licensed by the State Board. The State Board shall review the criminal history and determine whether the person's certificate or license should be revoked in accordance with State laws and rules regarding revocation.

(f)        All the information received by the Secretary through the checking of the criminal history or by the State Board in accordance with subsection (d) of this section is privileged information and is not a public record but is for the exclusive use of the Secretary or the State Board of Education. The Secretary or the State Board of Education may destroy the information after it is used for the purposes authorized by this section after one calendar year.

(g)       There shall be no liability for negligence on the part of the Secretary, the Department of Health and Human Services or its employees, a residential school or its employees, or the State Board of Education or its employees, arising from any act taken or omission by any of them in carrying out the provisions of this section. The immunity established by this subsection shall not extend to gross negligence, wanton conduct, or intentional wrongdoing that would otherwise be actionable. The immunity established by this subsection shall be deemed to have been waived to the extent of indemnification by insurance, indemnification under Articles 31A and 31B of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes, and to the extent sovereign immunity is waived under the Tort Claims Act, as set forth in Article 31 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes. (1998‑131, s. 5.)

 

§§ 143B‑146.17 through 143B‑146.20.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

§ 143B‑146.21.  Policies, reports, and other miscellaneous provisions.

(a)       The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall consult with the State Board of Education in its implementation of this act as it pertains to improving the educational programs at the residential schools. The Secretary also shall fully inform and consult with the chairs of the Appropriations Subcommittees on Education and Health and Human Services of the Senate and the House of Representatives on a regular basis as the Secretary carries out his duties under this act.

(b)       The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall adopt policies and offer training opportunities to ensure that personnel who provide direct services to children in the State schools for the deaf become proficient in sign language within two years of their initial date of employment or within two years of the effective date of this act, whichever occurs later. This subsection shall not apply to preschool personnel in any oral, auditory, or cued speech preschool.

(c)       The Department of Public Instruction, the Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina, and the State Board of Community Colleges shall offer and communicate the availability of professional development opportunities, including those to improve sign language skills, to the personnel assigned to the State's residential schools, particularly the Governor Morehead School and the schools for the deaf.

(d)       The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall adopt policies to ensure that students of the residential schools are given priority to residing in the independent living facilities on each school's campus.

(e)       The Secretary of Health and Human Services, in consultation with the Office of State Personnel, shall set the salary supplement paid to teachers, instructional support personnel, and school‑based administrators who are employed in the programs operated by the Department of Health and Human Services and are licensed by the State Board of Education. The salary supplement shall be at least five percent (5%), but not more than the percentage supplement they would receive if they were employed in the local school administrative unit where the job site is located. These salary supplements shall not be paid to central office staff. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to include "merit pay" under the term "salary supplement". (1998‑131, ss. 3, 10, 17; 2001‑424, s. 21.81(a); 2005‑276, s. 29.19(a).)

 

§ 143B‑146.22: Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑424, s. 21.80(a).

 

§§ 143B‑146.23 through 143B‑146.27.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 4. Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services.

§ 143B‑147.  Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services – creation, powers and duties.

(a)       There is hereby created the Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services of the Department of Health and Human Services with the power and duty to adopt, amend and repeal rules to be followed in the conduct of State and local mental health, developmental disabilities, substance abuse programs including education, prevention, intervention, screening, assessment, referral, detoxification, treatment, rehabilitation, continuing care, emergency services, case management, and other related services. Such rules shall be designed to promote the amelioration or elimination of the mental illness, developmental disabilities, or substance abuse problems of the citizens of this State. The Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services shall have the authority:

(1)       To adopt rules regarding the

a.         Admission, including the designation of regions, treatment, and professional care of individuals admitted to a facility operated under the authority of G.S. 122C‑181(a), that is now or may be established;

b.         Operation of education, prevention, intervention, treatment, rehabilitation and other related services as provided by area mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse authorities, county programs, and all providers of public services under Part 4 of Article 4 of Chapter 122C of the General Statutes;

c.         Hearings and appeals of area mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse authorities as provided for in Part 4 of Article 4 of Chapter 122C of the General Statutes; and

d          and e. Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑437, s. 1.21(a), effective July 1, 2002.

f.          Standards of public services for mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse services.

(2)       To adopt rules for the licensing of facilities for the mentally ill, developmentally disabled, and substance abusers, under Article 2 of Chapter 122C of the General Statutes.

(3)       To advise the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services regarding the need for, provision and coordination of education, prevention, intervention, treatment, rehabilitation and other related services in the areas of:

a.         Mental illness and mental health,

b.         Developmental disabilities,

c.         Substance abuse.

d.         Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑437, s. 1.21(a), effective July 1, 2002.

(4)       To review and advise the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services regarding all State plans required by federal or State law and to recommend to the Secretary any changes it thinks necessary in those plans; provided, however, for the purposes of meeting State plan requirements under federal or State law, the Department of Health and Human Services is designated as the single State agency responsible for administration of plans involving mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse services.

(5)       To adopt rules relating to the registration and control of the manufacture, distribution, security, and dispensing of controlled substances as provided by G.S. 90‑100.

(6)       To adopt rules to establish the professional requirements for staff of licensed facilities for the mentally ill, developmentally disabled, and substance abusers. Such rules may require that one or more, but not all staff of a facility be either licensed or certified. If a facility has only one professional staff, such rules may require that that individual be licensed or certified. Such rules may include the recognition of professional certification boards for those professions not licensed or certified under other provisions of the General Statutes provided that the professional certification board evaluates applicants on a basis which protects the public health, safety or welfare.

(7)       Except where rule making authority is assigned under that Article to the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, to adopt rules to implement Article 3 of Chapter 122C of the General Statutes.

(8)       To adopt rules specifying procedures for waiver of rules adopted by the Commission.

(9)       To adopt rules establishing a process for non‑Medicaid eligible clients to appeal to the Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services of the Department of Health and Human Services decisions made by an area authority or county program affecting the client. The purpose of the appeal process is to ensure that mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse services are delivered within available resources, to provide an additional level of review independent of the area authority or county program to ensure appropriate application of and compliance with applicable statutes and rules, and to provide additional opportunities for the area authority or county program to resolve the underlying complaint. Upon receipt of a written request by the non‑Medicaid eligible client, the Division shall review the decision of the area authority or county program and shall advise the requesting client and the area authority or county program as to the Division's findings and the bases therefor. Notwithstanding Chapter 150B of the General Statutes, the Division's findings are not a final agency decision for purposes of that Chapter. Upon receipt of the Division's findings, the area authority or county program shall issue a final decision based on those findings. Nothing in this subdivision shall be construed to create an entitlement to mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse services.

(b)       All rules hereby adopted shall be consistent with the laws of this State and not inconsistent with the management responsibilities of the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services provided by this Chapter and the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

(c)       All rules and regulations pertaining to the delivery of services and licensing of facilities heretofore adopted by the Commission for Mental Health and Mental Retardation Services, controlled substances rules and regulations adopted by the North Carolina Drug Commission, and all rules and regulations adopted by the Commission for Mental Health, Mental Retardation and Substance Abuse Services shall remain in full force and effect unless and until repealed or superseded by action of the Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services.

(d)       All rules adopted by the Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services shall be enforced by the Department of Health and Human Services. (1973, ch. 476, s. 129; 1977, c. 568, ss. 2, 3; c. 679, s. 1; 1981, c. 51, s. 1; 1983, c. 718, s. 5; 1983 (Reg. Sess., 1984), c. 1110, s. 6; 1985, c. 589, ss. 47‑54; 1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 863, s. 33; 1989, c. 625, s. 23; 1991, c. 309, s. 1; 1993, c. 396, s. 6; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2001‑437, s. 1.21(a); 2005‑276, s. 10.35(a).)

 

§ 143B‑148.  Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

(a)       The Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services of the Department of Health and Human Services shall consist of 32 members, as follows:

(1)       Eight shall be appointed by the General Assembly, four upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and four upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate in accordance with G.S. 120‑121. In recommending appointments under this section, the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the President Pro Tempore of the Senate shall give consideration to ensuring a balance of appointments that represent those who may have knowledge and expertise in adult issues and those who may have knowledge and expertise in children's issues. Of the four appointments recommended by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, one shall be an attorney licensed in this State with preference given to an attorney with experience in the practice of administrative law, one shall be a physician licensed to practice medicine in North Carolina, with preference given to a psychiatrist, and two shall be members of the public. Of the four appointments recommended by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, one shall be an attorney licensed in this State with preference given to an attorney with experience in the practice of mental health law, one shall be a physician licensed to practice medicine in North Carolina who has expertise and experience in the field of developmental disabilities, or a professional holding a Ph.D. with experience in the field of developmental disabilities, and two shall be members of the public. Vacancies in appointments made by the General Assembly shall be filled in accordance with G.S. 120‑122.

(2)       Twenty‑four shall be appointed by the Governor, one from each congressional district in the State in accordance with G.S. 147‑12(3)b, and the remainder at‑large members.

The Governor's appointees shall represent the following categories of appointment:

a.         Three professionals licensed or certified under Chapter 90 or Chapter 90B of the General Statutes who are practicing, teaching, or conducting research in the field of mental health.

b.         Four consumers or immediate family members of consumers of mental health services. Of these four, at least one shall be a consumer and at least one shall be an immediate family member of a consumer. No more than two of the consumers or immediate family members shall be selected from nominations submitted by the Coalition 2001 or its successor organization.

c.         Two professionals licensed or certified under Chapter 90 or Chapter 90B of the General Statutes who are practicing, teaching, or conducting research in the field of developmental disabilities, and one individual who is a "qualified professional" as that term is defined in G.S. 122C‑3(31) who has experience in the field of developmental disabilities.

d.         Four consumers or immediate family members of consumers of developmental disabilities services. Of these four, at least one shall be a consumer and at least one shall be an immediate family member of a consumer. No more than two of the consumers or immediate family members shall be selected from nominations submitted by the Coalition 2001 or its successor organization.

e.         Two professionals licensed or certified under Chapter 90 of the General Statutes who are practicing, teaching, or conducting research in the field of substance abuse, and one professional who is a certified prevention specialist or who specializes in the area of addiction education.

f.          An individual knowledgeable and experienced in the field of controlled substances regulation and enforcement. The controlled substances appointee shall be selected from recommendations made by the Attorney General of North Carolina.

g.         A physician licensed to practice medicine in North Carolina who has expertise and experience in the field of substance abuse with preference given to a physician that is certified by the American Society of Addiction Medicine (ASAM).

h.         Four consumers or immediate family members of consumers of substance abuse services. Of these four, at least one shall be a consumer and at least one shall be an immediate family member of a consumer. No more than two of the consumers or immediate family members shall be selected from nominations submitted by the Coalition 2001 or its successor organization.

i.          An attorney licensed in this State. The appointments of professionals licensed or certified under Chapter 90 or Chapter 90B of the General Statutes made in accordance with this subdivision, and physicians appointed in accordance with subdivision (1) of this subsection shall be selected from nominations submitted to the appointing authority by the respective professional associations.

(2a)     The terms of all Commission members shall be three years. All Commission members shall serve their designated terms and until their successors are duly appointed and qualified. All Commission members may succeed themselves. A member appointed on and after July 1, 2002, shall not serve more than two consecutive terms.

(3)       All appointments shall be made pursuant to current federal rules and regulations, when not inconsistent with State law, which prescribe the selection process and demographic characteristics as a necessary condition to the receipt of federal aid.

(b)       Except as otherwise provided in this section, the provisions of G.S. 143B‑13 through 143B‑20 relating to appointment, qualifications, terms and removal of members shall apply to all members of the Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services.

(c)       Commission members shall receive per diem, travel and subsistence allowances in accordance with G.S. 138‑5 and G.S. 138‑6, as appropriate.

(d)       A majority of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

(e)       All clerical and other services required by the Commission shall be supplied by the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services. To ensure effective and efficient coordination of rules and policies adopted by the Commission and the Secretary, the Secretary shall assign an individual who is knowledgeable about and experienced in the rule‑making processes of the Commission and the Secretary and in the fields of mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse to assist the Commission in carrying out its duties and responsibilities. (1973, c. 476, s. 130; 1977, c. 679, s. 2; 1981, c. 51, s. 1; 1981 (Reg. Sess., 1982), c. 1191, ss. 55.1 through 57; 1989, c. 625, s. 23; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 1038, s. 17; 1995, c. 490, s. 34; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2001‑437, s. 1.21(b); 2001‑486, s. 2.13; 2001‑487, s. 90.5; 2002‑61, s. 1; 2007‑504, s. 2.5(a).)

 

§ 143B‑149.  Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services – officers.

The Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services shall have a chairman and a vice‑chairman. The chairman shall be designated by the Governor from among the members and shall serve as chairman at his pleasure. The vice‑chairman shall be elected by and from the members of the Commission and shall serve for a term of two years or until the expiration of his regularly appointed term. (1973, c. 476, s. 131; 1977, c. 679, s. 3; 1981, c. 51, s. 1; 1989, c. 625, s. 23.)

 

§ 143B‑150.  Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services – regular and special meetings.

The Commission for Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services shall meet at least once in each quarter and may hold special meetings at any time and place within the State at the call of the chairman or upon the written request of at least eight members. (1973, c. 476, s. 132; 1977, c. 679, s. 4; 1981, c. 51, s. 1; 1989, c. 625, s. 23.)

 

§§ 143B‑150.1 through 143B‑150.4.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 4A. Family Preservation Act.

§ 143B‑150.5.  Family Preservation Services Program established; purpose.

(a)       There is established the Family Preservation Services Program of the Department of Health and Human Services. To the extent that funds are made available, locally‑based family preservation services shall be available to all 100 counties. The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services shall be responsible for the development and implementation of the Family Preservation Services Program as established in this Part.

(b)       The purpose of the Family Preservation Services Program is, where feasible and in the best interests of the child and the family, to keep the family unit intact by providing intensive family‑centered services that help create, within the family, positive, long‑term changes in the home environment.

(c)       Family preservation services shall be financed in part through grants to local agencies for the development and implementation of locally‑based family preservation services. Grants to local agencies shall be made in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143B‑150.6.

(d)       The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services shall ensure the cooperation of the Division of Social Services, the Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services, and the Division of Medical Assistance, in carrying out the provisions of this Part. (1991, c. 743, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2000‑137, s. 4(z); 2001‑424, s. 21.50(f).)

 

§ 143B‑150.6.  Program services; eligibility; grants for local projects; fund transfers.

(a)       Services: Services to be provided under the Family Preservation Services Program shall include but are not limited to: family assessment, intensive family and individual counseling, client advocacy, case management, development and enhancement of parenting skills, and referral for other services as appropriate.

(b)       Eligibility: Families eligible for services under the Family Preservation Services Program are those with children ages 0‑17 years who are at risk of imminent separation through placement in public welfare, mental health, or juvenile justice systems.

(c)       Service Delivery: Services delivered to eligible families under the Family Preservation Services Program shall be provided in accordance with the following requirements:

(1)       Each eligible family shall receive intensive family preservation services, beginning with identification of an imminent risk of out‑of‑home placement for an average of four weeks but not more than six weeks;

(2)       At least one‑half of a caseworker's time spent providing family preservation services to each eligible family shall be provided in the family's home and community;

(3)       Family preservation caseworkers shall be available to each eligible family by telephone and on call for visits 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

(4)       Each family preservation caseworker shall provide services to a maximum of four families at any given time.

(d)       Grants for local projects: The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services shall award grants to local agencies for the development and implementation of locally‑based family preservation services projects. The number of grants awarded and the level of funding of each grant for each fiscal year shall be contingent upon and determined by funds appropriated for that purpose by the General Assembly.

(e)       Inter‑agency fund transfers: The Department may allow the Division of Social Services and the Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services, to use funds available to each Division to support family preservation services provided by the Division under the Program; provided that such use does not violate federal regulations pertaining to, or otherwise jeopardize the availability of federal funds. (1991, c. 743, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1999‑423, s. 9; 2001‑424, s. 21.50(g).)

 

§§ 143B‑150.7 through 143B‑150.9: Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑424, ss. 21.50(h) to (j).

 

§§ 143B‑150.10 through 143B‑150.19.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 4B. State Child Fatality Review Team.

§ 143B‑150.20.  State Child Fatality Review Team; establishment; purpose; powers; duties; report by Division of Social Services.

(a)       There is established in the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Social Services, a State Child Fatality Review Team to conduct in‑depth reviews of any child fatalities which have occurred involving children and families involved with local departments of social services child protective services in the 12 months preceding the fatality. Steps in this in‑depth review shall include interviews with any individuals determined to have pertinent information as well as examination of any written materials containing pertinent information.

(b)       The purpose of these reviews shall be to implement a team approach to identifying factors which may have contributed to conditions leading to the fatality and to develop recommendations for improving coordination between local and State entities which might have avoided the threat of injury or fatality and to identify appropriate remedies. The Division of Social Services shall make public the findings and recommendations developed for each fatality reviewed relating to improving coordination between local and State entities. These findings shall not be admissible as evidence in any civil or administrative proceedings against individuals or entities that participate in child fatality reviews conducted pursuant to this section. The State Child Fatality Review Team shall consult with the appropriate district attorney in accordance with G.S. 7B‑2902(d) prior to the public release of the findings and recommendations.

(c)       The State Child Fatality Review Team shall include representatives of the local departments of social services and the Division of Social Services, a member of the local Community Child Protection Team, a member of the local child fatality prevention team, a representative from local law enforcement, a prevention specialist, and a medical professional.

(d)       The State Child Fatality Review Team shall have access to all medical records, hospital records, and records maintained by this State, any county, or any local agency as necessary to carry out the purposes of this subsection, including police investigative data, medical examiner investigative data, health records, mental health records, and social services records. The State Child Fatality Review Team may receive a copy of any reviewed materials necessary to the conduct of the fatality review. Any member of the State Child Fatality Review Team may share, only in an official meeting of the State Child Fatality Review Team, any information available to that member that the State Child Fatality Review Team needs to carry out its duties.

If the State Child Fatality Review Team does not receive information requested under this subsection within 30 days after making the request, the State Child Fatality Review Team may apply for an order compelling disclosure. The application shall state the factors supporting the need for an order compelling disclosure. The State Child Fatality Review Team shall file the application in the district court of the county where the investigation is being conducted, and the court shall have jurisdiction to issue any orders compelling disclosure. Actions brought under this section shall be scheduled for immediate hearing, and subsequent proceedings in these actions shall be given priority by the appellate courts.

(e)       Meetings of the State Child Fatality Review Team are not subject to the provisions of Article 33C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes. However, the State Child Fatality Review Team may hold periodic public meetings to discuss, in a general manner not revealing confidential information about children and families, the findings of their reviews and their recommendations for preventive actions. Minutes of all public meetings, excluding those of closed sessions, shall be kept in compliance with Article 33C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes. Any minutes or any other information generated during any executive session shall be sealed from public inspection.

(f)        All otherwise confidential information and records acquired by the State Child Fatality Review Team, in the exercise of its duties are confidential; are not subject to discovery or introduction into evidence in any proceedings except pursuant to an order of the court; and may only be disclosed as necessary to carry out the purposes of the State Child Fatality Review Team. In addition, all otherwise confidential information and records created by the State Child Fatality Review Team in the exercise of its duties are confidential; are not subject to discovery or introduction into evidence in any proceedings; and may only be disclosed as necessary to carry out the purposes of the State Child Fatality Review Team. No member of the State Child Fatality Review Team, nor any person who attends a meeting of the State Child Fatality Review Team, may testify in any proceeding about what transpired at the meeting, about information presented at the meeting, or about opinions formed by the person as a result of the meetings. This subsection shall not, however, prohibit a person from testifying in a civil or criminal action about matters within that person's independent knowledge.

(g)       Each member of the State Child Fatality Review Team and invited participant shall sign a statement indicating an understanding of and adherence to confidentiality requirements, including the possible civil or criminal consequences of any breach of confidentiality.

(h)       The Division of Social Services, Department of Health and Human Services, shall report to the members of the Senate Appropriations Committee on Human Resources, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division on the activities of the State Child Fatality Review Team including recommendations for changes in the statewide child protection system no later than October 1 of each year. (1998‑202, s. 13(oo); 1998‑212, s. 12.22(e); 1999‑190, s. 4; 2000‑67, s. 11.14(a); 2003‑304, s. 6.)

 

Part 5.  Eugenics Commission.

§§ 143B‑151 through 143B‑152:  Repealed by Session Laws 1977, c.  497.

 

Part 5A.  S.O.S. Program.

§ 143B‑152.1.  Establishment of program; purpose; goals.

(a)       There is created in the Department of Health and Human Services the Support Our Students (S.O.S.) Program. The purpose of the program is to award grants to neighborhood‑ and community‑based organizations to establish local S.O.S. programs that provide high quality after‑school activities for school‑aged children and provide for comprehensive, collaborative delivery of services by public and nonpublic agencies to these children. These services shall be designed to enrich and make a positive impact on the lives of school‑aged children. These after‑school activities may include activities after the regular school day and activities on days that students are not required to attend school.

(b)       The goals of the program are to:

(1)       Reduce juvenile crime in local communities served by the program;

(2)       Recruit community volunteers to provide positive adult role models for school‑aged children and to help supervise after‑school activities;

(3)       Reduce the number of students who are unsupervised after school, otherwise known as "latchkey" children;

(4)       Improve the academic performance of students participating in the program;

(5)       Meet the physical, intellectual, emotional, and social needs of students participating in the program and improve their attitudes and behavior; and

(6)       Improve coordination of existing resources and enhance collaboration so as to provide services to school‑aged children effectively and efficiently. (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 30(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑152.2.  Definitions.

As used in this Part, "school‑aged children" means children enrolled in kindergarten through the ninth grade. (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 30(a).)

 

§ 143B‑152.3.  Administration of the program.

The Department shall develop and implement the Support Our Students (S.O.S.) Program. The Department shall:

(1)       Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑424, s. 24.1(b), effective July 1, 2001.

(2)       Disseminate information regarding the program to interested neighborhood and community groups;

(3)       Develop and disseminate a request for applications to establish local S.O.S. programs;

(4)       Provide initial technical assistance to grant applicants and ongoing technical assistance as grants are implemented;

(5)       Administer funds appropriated by the General Assembly;

(6)       Monitor the grants funded;

(7)       Revoke a grant if necessary or appropriate;

(8)       Develop and implement a performance‑based evaluation system to evaluate the program, in accordance with G.S. 143B‑152.7(a);

(9)       Report on the program implementation to the General Assembly, the Joint Legislative Committee on Governmental Operations, and the Office of the Governor, in accordance with G.S. 143B‑152.7(b); and

(10)     Adopt any rules necessary to implement this Part. (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 30(a); 2001‑424, s. 24.1(b).)

 

§ 143B‑152.4.  Eligible applicants; application for grants.

(a)       Any of the following may apply for a grant:

(1)       A community‑ or neighborhood‑based 501(c)(3) entity.

(2)       A community‑based, public or private nonprofit, tax exempt organization.

(3)       A school system.

(4)       A local government agency.

(b)       Applicants for grants shall submit to the Department an application that includes the following information:

(1)       Identification of one or more neighborhoods to be served by the local S.O.S. program, based on a needs assessment of existing conditions for school‑aged children to be served. Data used in the needs assessment may include for each neighborhood to be served by a local program (i) dropout statistics, (ii) the number and percentage of school‑aged children who participate in the federal subsidized lunch program, (iii) the number of suspensions and expulsions involving school‑aged children, (iv) the number of children to be served, (v) the number and percentage of students with two working parents or one single parent to be served at a site, (vi) the incidence of juvenile crime in the neighborhood, and (vii) any other relevant or unique local demographic data.

Local authorities shall provide this or related information on a timely basis to local 501(c)(3) entities submitting applications to establish local S.O.S. programs;

(2)       A three‑year plan that addresses data used in the needs assessment and that includes proposed goals and anticipated outcomes of the local S.O.S. program. The plan shall be prepared after consultation with local after‑school programs, schools, community organizations or groups which have as their purpose assisting or helping school‑aged children who are at risk of failing in school or entering the juvenile justice system, or other appropriate groups. In addition, the three‑year plan shall provide for regular collaborative efforts to seek input and advice from parents of the students being served and from other citizens who reflect the demographic conditions of the students being served;

(3)       A statement of how grant funds would be used to address local problems and what other resources would be used to address the problems. This statement should include a list of services to be offered that are related to the goals and outcomes and should include plans for recruiting volunteers to assist in the program's activities; and

(4)       A process for assessing on an annual basis the success of the local plan for addressing the goals of the local S.O.S. program.  (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 30(a); 2008‑107, s. 16.2.)

 

§ 143B‑152.5.  Grants review and selection.

(a)       The Department shall develop and disseminate a request for applications and establish procedures to be followed in developing and submitting applications to establish local S.O.S. programs and administering grants to establish local S.O.S. programs. This information shall include examples of the design and types of S.O.S. programs that evaluations have shown are likely to be successful in improving the academic performance of the participants or in reducing disruptive or illegal behavior.

(b)       The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall appoint a State task force to assist the Secretary in reviewing grant applications. The State task force shall include representatives of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Public Instruction, local school administrative units, educators, parents, the juvenile justice system, social services, and governmental agencies providing services to children, and other members the Secretary considers appropriate. In appointing the State task force, the Secretary shall consult with the Superintendent of Public Instruction in an effort to coordinate the membership of this State task force, the State task force appointed by the Secretary pursuant to G.S. 143B‑152.14, and the State task force appointed by the Superintendent pursuant to G.S. 115C‑238.42.

In reviewing grant applications, the Secretary and the State task force may consider (i) the severity of the local problems as determined by the needs assessment data, (ii) the likelihood that the locally designed plan will result in high quality after‑school services for school‑aged children, (iii) evidence of local collaboration and coordination of services, (iv) any innovative or experimental aspects of the plan that will make it a useful model for replication in other neighborhoods and communities, (v) evidence that similarly designed programs have been efficient and effective in improving the academic performance of the participants or in reducing disruptive or illegal behavior, and (vi) any other factors which affect the well‑being of school‑aged children.

(c)       In determining the amount of funds an applicant receives, the Secretary and the State task force may consider (i) the number of children to be served, (ii) the number and percentage of children to be served who participate in the subsidized lunch program, (iii) the number and percentage of school‑aged children with two working parents or one single parent to be served, (iv) the availability of other resources or funds, and (v) the amount needed to implement the proposal.

(d)       The Secretary shall award the grants. (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 30(a); 1997‑443, ss. 8.29(m), 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑152.6.  Cooperation of State and local agencies.

All agencies of the State and local government, including the Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, departments of social services, health departments, local mental health, mental retardation, and substance abuse authorities, court personnel, law enforcement agencies, The University of North Carolina, the community college system, and cities and counties, shall cooperate with the Department of Health and Human Services, and local nonprofit corporations that receive grants in coordinating the program at the State level and in implementing the program at the local level. The Secretary of Health and Human Services, after consultation with the Superintendent of Public Instruction, shall develop a plan for ensuring the cooperation of State agencies and local agencies, and encouraging the cooperation of private entities, especially those receiving State funds, in the coordination and implementation of the program. (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 30(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1998‑202, s. 4(x); 2000‑137, s. 4(bb).)

 

§ 143B‑152.7.  Program evaluation; reporting requirements.

(a)       The Department of Health and Human Services shall develop and implement an evaluation system that will assess the efficiency and effectiveness of the S.O.S. Program. The Department shall design this system to:

(1)       Provide information to the Department and to the General Assembly on how to improve and refine the programs;

(1a)     Develop information for dissemination to potential grant applicants on the design of programs that experience has shown are likely to be successful;

(2)       Enable the Department and the General Assembly to assess the overall quality, efficiency, and impact of the existing programs;

(3)       Enable the Department and the General Assembly to determine whether to modify the S.O.S. Program; and

(4)       Provide a detailed fiscal analysis of how State funds for these programs were used.

(b)       The Department shall report to the General Assembly and the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations by May 15, 1994, on its progress in developing the evaluation system and in developing and implementing the program. It shall report prior to February 1, 1995, on the evaluation system developed by the Department and on program implementation. The Department shall present an annual report on October 1, 1995, and annually thereafter to the General Assembly and to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations on the implementation of the program and the results of the program evaluation.

The Department shall also report annually to the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations and to the Governor on the implementation of the S.O.S. Program.

(c)       A local 501(c)(3) entity or consortium that receives a grant under this Part shall report by August 1 of each year to the Department on the implementation of the program. This report shall demonstrate the extent to which the local S.O.S. Program has met the local needs, goals, and anticipated outcomes as set forth in the grant applications. (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 30(a); 1997‑443, ss. 8.29(n), 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑152.8.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

§ 143B‑152.9.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 5B. Family Resource Center Grant Program.

§ 143B‑152.10.  Family Resource Center Grant Program; creation; purpose; intent.

(a)       There is created in the Department of Health and Human Services the Family Resource Center Grant Program. The purpose of the program is to provide grants to implement family support programs that are research‑based and have been evaluated for effectiveness that provide services to children from birth through 17 years of age and to their families that:

(1)       Enhance the children's development and ability to attain academic and social success;

(1a)     Prevent child abuse and neglect by implementing program models that have been evaluated and found to improve outcomes for children and families;

(2)       Ensure a successful transition from early childhood education programs and child care to the public schools;

(3)       Assist families in achieving economic independence and self‑sufficiency; and

(4)       Mobilize public and private community resources to help children and families in need.

(b)       It is the intent of the General Assembly to encourage and support broad‑based collaboration among public and private agencies and among people who reflect the racial and socioeconomic diversity in communities to develop initiatives that (i) improve outcomes for children by preventing child abuse and neglect, (ii) enhance and strengthen the ability of families to ensure the safety, health, and well‑being of their children, (iii) enhance the ability of families to become advocates for and supporters of the children in their families, and (iv) enhance the ability of families to function as nurturing and effective family units.

(c)       It is further the intent of the General Assembly that this program shall be targeted to those neighborhoods that have disproportionately high levels of (i) children who would be less likely to attain educational or social success, (ii) families with low incomes, and (iii) crime and juvenile delinquency. (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 31(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2007‑130, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑152.11.  Administration of program.

The Department of Health and Human Services shall develop and implement the Family Resource Center Grant Program. The Department shall:

(1)       Sponsor a statewide conference for teams of interested representatives to provide background information and assistance regarding all aspects of the program;

(2)       Disseminate information regarding the program to interested local community groups;

(3)       Provide initial technical assistance and ongoing technical assistance to grant recipients;

(4)       Administer funds appropriated by the General Assembly;

(5)       Monitor the grants funded and the ongoing operations of family resource centers;

(6)       Revoke a grant if necessary or appropriate;

(7)       Report to the General Assembly and the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations, in accordance with G.S. 143B‑152.15; and

(8)       Adopt rules to implement this Part. (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 31(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑152.12.  Eligible applicants: applications for grants.

(a)       A community‑ or neighborhood‑based 501(c)(3) entity or a consortium consisting of one or more local 501(c)(3) entities and one or more local school administrative units may apply for a grant.

(b)       Applicants for grants shall identify the neighborhood or neighborhoods whose children and families will be served by a family resource center.  The decision‑making process for identifying and establishing family resource centers shall reflect the racial and socioeconomic diversity of the neighborhood or neighborhoods to be served.

(c)       A grant application shall include a process for assessing on an annual basis the success of the local plan in addressing problems. (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 31(a).)

 

§ 143B‑152.13.  Grants review and selection.

(a)       The Department shall develop and disseminate a request for applications and establish procedures to be followed in developing and submitting applications to establish local family resource centers and administering grants to establish local family resource centers.

(b)       The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall appoint a State task force to assist the Secretary in reviewing grant applications. The State task force shall include representatives of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Public Instruction, local school administrative units, educators, parents, the juvenile justice system, social services, and governmental agencies providing services to children, and other members the Secretary considers appropriate. In appointing the State task force, the Secretary shall consult with the Superintendent of Public Instruction in an effort to coordinate the membership of this State task force, the State task force appointed by the Secretary pursuant to G.S. 143B‑152.5, and the State task force appointed by the Superintendent pursuant to G.S. 115C‑238.42.

In reviewing grant applications, the Secretary and the State task force may consider (i) the severity of the local problems as determined by the needs assessment data, (ii) the likelihood that the locally designed plan will result in high quality services for children and their families, (iii) evidence of local collaboration and coordination of services, (iv) any innovative or experimental aspects of the plan that will make it a useful model for replication in other counties, (v) the availability of other resources or funds, (vi) the incidence of crime and juvenile delinquency, (vii) the amount needed to implement the proposal, and (viii) any other factors consistent with the intent of this Part.

(c)       In determining the amount of funds an applicant receives, the Secretary and the State task force may consider (i) the number of children to be served, (ii) the number and percentage of children to be served who participate in the subsidized lunch program, (iii) the number and percentage of school‑aged children to be served with two working parents or one single parent, (iv) the availability of other resources or funds, and (v) the amount needed to implement the proposal.

(d)       The Secretary shall award the grants. (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 31(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑152.14.  Cooperation of State and local agencies.

All agencies of the State and local government, including the Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, departments of social services, health departments, local mental health, mental retardation, and substance abuse authorities, court personnel, law enforcement agencies, The University of North Carolina, the community college system, and cities and counties, shall cooperate with the Department of Health and Human Services, and local nonprofit corporations that receive grants in coordinating the program at the State level and in implementing the program at the local level. The Secretary of Health and Human Services, after consultation with the Superintendent of Public Instruction, shall develop a plan for ensuring the cooperation of State agencies and local agencies and encouraging the cooperation of private entities, especially those receiving State funds, in the coordination and implementation of the program. (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 31(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1998‑202, s. 4(y); 2000‑137, s. 4(cc).)

 

§ 143B‑152.15.  Program evaluation; reporting requirements.

(a)       The Department of Health and Human Services shall develop and implement an evaluation system that will assess the efficiency and effectiveness of the Family Resource Center Grant Program. The department shall design this system to:

(1)       Provide information to the Department and to the General Assembly on how to improve and refine the programs;

(2)       Enable the Department and the General Assembly to assess the overall quality, efficiency, and impact of the existing programs;

(3)       Enable the Department and the General Assembly to determine whether to modify the Family Resource Center Grant Program; and

(4)       Provide a detailed fiscal analysis of how State funds for these programs were used.

(b)       The Department shall report no later than December 1 of each year to the Senate Appropriations Committee on Health and Human Services, the House of Representatives Appropriations Subcommittee on Health and Human Services, and the Fiscal Research Division on the program and the results of the program evaluation.

(c)       A local 501(c)(3) entity or consortium that receives a grant under this Part shall report by August 1 of each year to the Department on the implementation of the program. This report shall demonstrate the extent to which the local family resource center has met the local needs, goals, and anticipated outcomes as set forth in the grant application. (1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 31(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2001‑424, s. 21.48(f).)

 

Part 6. Social Services Commission.

§ 143B‑153.  Social Services Commission – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the Social Services Commission of the Department of Health and Human Services with the power and duty to adopt rules and regulations to be followed in the conduct of the State's social service programs with the power and duty to adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations under and not inconsistent with the laws of the State necessary to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Article. Provided, however, the Department of Health and Human Services shall have the power and duty to adopt rules and regulations to be followed in the conduct of the State's medical assistance program.

(1)       The Social Services Commission is authorized and empowered to adopt such rules and regulations that may be necessary and desirable for the programs administered by the Department of Health and Human Services as provided in Chapter 108A of the General Statutes of the State of North Carolina.

(2)       The Social Services Commission shall have the power and duty to establish standards and adopt rules and regulations:

a.         For the programs of public assistance established by federal legislation and by Article 2 of Chapter 108A of the General Statutes of the State of North Carolina with the exception of the program of medical assistance established by G.S. 108A‑25(b);

b.         To achieve maximum cooperation with other agencies of the State and with agencies of other states and of the federal government in rendering services to strengthen and maintain family life and to help recipients of public assistance obtain self‑support and self‑care;

c.         For the placement and supervision of dependent juveniles and of delinquent juveniles who are placed in the custody of the Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, and payment of necessary costs of foster home care for needy and homeless children as provided by G.S. 108A‑48;

d.         For the payment of State funds to private child‑placing agencies as defined in G.S. 131D‑10.2(4) and residential child care facilities as defined in G.S. 131D‑10.2(13) for care and services provided to children who are in the custody or placement responsibility of a county department of social services. The Commission shall establish standardized rates for child caring institutions. In establishing standardized rates, the Commission shall consider the rate‑setting recommendations provided by the Office of the State Auditor; and

e.         For client assessment and independent case management pertaining to the functions of county departments of social services for public assistance programs authorized under paragraph a. of this subdivision.

(2a)     The Social Services Commission shall have the power and duty to establish standards and adopt rules and regulations:

a.         For social services programs established by federal legislation and by Article 3 of G.S. Chapter 108A;

b.         For implementation of Title XX of the Social Security Act, except for Title XX services provided solely through the Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services, by promulgating rules and regulations in the following areas:

1.         Eligibility for all services established under a Comprehensive Annual Services Plan, as required by federal law;

2.         Standards to implement all services established under the Comprehensive Annual Services Plan;

3.         Maximum rates of payment for provision of social services;

4.         Fees for services to be paid by recipients of social services;

5.         Designation of certain mandated services, from among the services established by the Secretary below, which shall be provided in each county of the State; and

6.         Title XX services for the blind, after consultation with the Commission for the Blind.

Provided, that the Secretary is authorized to promulgate all other rules in at least the following areas:

1.         Establishment, identification, and definition of all services offered under the Comprehensive Annual Services Plan;

2.         Policies governing the allocation, budgeting, and expenditures of funds administered by the Department;

3.         Contracting for and purchasing services; and

4.         Monitoring for effectiveness and compliance with State and federal law and regulations.

(3)       The Social Services Commission shall have the power and duty to establish and adopt standards:

a.         For the inspection and licensing of maternity homes as provided by G.S. 131D‑1;

b.         Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑334, s. 3.5, effective October 1, 1999.

c.         For the inspection and licensing of child‑care institutions as provided by G.S. 131D‑10.5;

d.         For the inspection and operation of jails or local confinement facilities as provided by G.S. 153A‑220 and Article 2 of Chapter 131D of the General Statutes of the State of North Carolina;

e.         Repealed by Session Laws 1981, c. 562, s. 7.

f.          For the regulation and licensing of charitable organizations, professional fund‑raising counsel and professional solicitors as provided by Chapter 131D of the General Statutes of the State of North Carolina.

(4)       The Social Services Commission shall have the power and duty to authorize investigations of social problems, with authority to subpoena witnesses, administer oaths, and compel the production of necessary documents.

(5)       The Social Services Commission shall have the power and duty to ratify reciprocal agreements with agencies in other states that are responsible for the administration of public assistance and child welfare programs to provide assistance and service to the residents and nonresidents of the State.

(6)       The Commission is authorized and empowered to adopt such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the laws of this State, as may be required by the federal government of grants‑in‑aid for social services purposes which may be made available for the State by the federal government. This section is to be liberally construed in order that the State and its citizens may benefit from such grants‑in‑aid.

(7)       The Commission shall adopt rules and regulations consistent with the provisions of this Chapter. All rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of this Chapter heretofore adopted by the Board of Social Services shall remain in full force and effect unless and until repealed or superseded by action of the Social Services Commission. All rules and regulations adopted by the Commission shall be enforced by the Department of Health and Human Services.

(8)       The Commission may establish by regulation, except for Title XX services provided solely through the Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services, rates or fees for:

a.         A fee schedule for the payment of the costs of necessary child care in licensed facilities and registered plans for minor children of needy families.

b.         A fee schedule for the payment by recipients for services which are established in accordance with Title XX of the Social Security Act and implementing regulations; and

c.         The payment of an administrative fee not to exceed two hundred dollars ($200.00) to be paid by public or nonprofit agencies which employ students under the Plan Assuring College Education (PACE) program.

d.         Child support enforcement services as defined by G.S. 110‑130.1. (1973, c. 476, s. 134; 1975, c. 747, s. 2; 1977, c. 674, s. 7; 1977, 2nd Sess., c. 1219, ss. 26, 27; 1981, c. 275, s. 5; c. 562, s. 7; c. 961, ss. 1‑3; 1983, c. 278, ss. 1, 2; c. 527, s. 2; 1985, c. 206; c. 479, s. 96; c. 689, s. 29f; 1991, c. 462, s. 1; c. 636, s. 19(d); c. 689, s. 105; c. 761, s. 28; 1993, c. 553, s. 46; 1995, c. 449, s. 4; c. 535, s. 32; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1997‑456, s. 22; 1997‑506, s. 55; 1998‑202, s. 4(z); 1999‑334, s. 3.5; 2000‑111, s. 4; 2000‑137, s. 4(dd); 2000‑140, s. 99(a); 2006‑66, s. 10.2(c).)

 

§ 143B‑153.1.  Repealed by Session Laws 1983, c. 883, s. 2, effective July 20, 1983.

 

§ 143B‑154.  Social Services Commission – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The Social Services Commission of the Department of Health and Human Services shall consist of one member from each congressional district in the State, all of whom shall be appointed by the Governor for four‑year terms.

The initial members of the Commission shall be the appointed members of the current Social Services Commission who shall serve for the remainder of their current terms and four additional members appointed by the Governor for terms expiring April 1, 1981. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Commission created by the resignation, dismissal, death, removal or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

In the event that more than 11 congressional districts are established in the State, the Governor shall on July 1 following the establishment of such additional congressional districts appoint a member of the Commission from that congressional district.

The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Commission from office for misfeasance, malfeasance, or nonfeasance in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143B‑13 of the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

The members of the Commission shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

A majority of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

All clerical and other services required by the Commission shall be supplied by the Secretary of Health and Human Services. (1973, c. 476, s. 135; 1977, c. 516; 1981 (Reg. Sess., 1982), c. 1191, s. 77; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑155.  Social Services Commission – regular and special meetings.

The Social Services Commission shall meet at least once in each quarter and may hold special meetings at any time and place within the State at the call of the chairman or upon the written request of at least four members. (1973, c. 476, s. 136.)

 

§ 143B‑156.  Social Services Commission – officers.

The Commission for Social Services shall have a chairman and a vice‑chairman. The chairman shall be designated by the Governor from among the members of the Commission to serve as chairman at his pleasure. The vice‑chairman shall be elected by and from the members of the Commission and shall serve for a term of two years or until the expiration of his regularly appointed term. (1973, c. 476, s. 137.)

 

Part 7. Commission for the Blind.

§ 143B‑157.  Commission for the Blind – creation, powers and duties.

There is recreated the Commission for the Blind of the Department of Health and Human Services with the power and duty to adopt rules governing the conduct of the State's rehabilitative programs for the blind that are necessary to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Article.

(1)       The Commission shall adopt rules that are necessary and desirable for the programs administered by the Department of Health and Human Services as provided in Chapter 111 of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

(2)       Repealed by Session Laws 1993, c. 561, s. 89(a).

(3)       The Commission shall adopt rules, not inconsistent with the laws of this State, that are required by the federal government for grants‑in‑aid for rehabilitative purposes for the blind that may be made available to the State from the federal government. This section is to be liberally construed in order that the State and its citizens may benefit from such grants‑in‑aid.

(3a)     The Commission shall review, analyze, and advise the Department regarding the performance of its responsibilities under the federal rehabilitation program in which the State participates, as it relates to the provision of services to the blind, particularly its responsibilities relating to the following:

a.         Eligibility for the program;

b.         The extent, scope, and effectiveness of the services provided; and

c.         The functions performed by the Department that affect, or that have the potential to affect, the ability of individuals who are blind or visually impaired to achieve rehabilitative goals and objectives under the federal rehabilitation program;

(3b)     The Commission shall advise the Department regarding preparation of applications, the State Plan, amendments to this plan, the State needs assessments, and the evaluations required by the federal rehabilitation program; and in partnership with the Department develop, agree to, and review State goals and priorities;

(3c)     The Commission shall, to the extent feasible, conduct a review and analysis (i) of the effectiveness of, and consumer satisfaction with, the functions performed by the Department and other public and private entities responsible for performing functions for individuals who are blind or visually impaired, and (ii) of vocational rehabilitation services provided or paid for from funds made available through other public or private sources and provided by State agencies and other public and private entities responsible for providing vocational rehabilitation services to individuals who are blind or visually impaired;

(3d)     The Commission shall prepare and submit an annual report to the Governor, the Secretary, and the federal rehabilitation program, and make the report available to the public;

(3e)     The Commission shall coordinate with other councils within the State, including the statewide Independent Living Council established under section 705 of the federal Rehabilitation Act, 29 U.S.C. § 720, et seq., the advisory panel established under section 612(a)(21) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, 20 U.S.C. § 1413(A)(12), the Council on Developmental Disabilities described in section 124 of the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6024, the State Mental Health Planning Council established pursuant to section 1916(e) of the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. § 300x‑4(e), and the Commission on Workforce Development;

(3f)     The Commission shall advise the Department and provide for coordination with, and establishment of working relationships between, the Department and the Independent Living Council;

(3g)     The Commission shall prepare, in conjunction with the Department, a plan for the provision of those resources, including staff and other personnel, that are necessary to carry out the Commission's function under this Part. The resource plan shall, to the maximum extent possible, rely on the use of resources in existence during the period of implementation of the plan. The agreed‑upon resources shall be provided pursuant to G.S. 143B‑14. To the extent that there is a disagreement between the Commission and the Department with regard to the resources necessary to carry out the functions of the Commission required by this Part, the Governor shall resolve the disagreement. The Department or other State agency shall not assign any other duties to the staff and other personnel who are assisting the Commission in carrying out its duties that would create a conflict of interest;

(4)       The Commission shall adopt rules consistent with the provisions of this Chapter. All rules not inconsistent with the provisions of this Chapter heretofore adopted by the North Carolina State Commission for the Blind shall remain in full force and effect unless and until repealed or superseded by action of the recreated Commission for the Blind. All rules adopted by the Commission shall be enforced by the Department of Health and Human Services. (1973, c. 476, s. 139; 1993, c. 561, s. 89(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2000‑121, ss. 29, 30.)

 

§ 143B‑158.  Commission for the Blind.

(a)       The Commission for the Blind of the Department of Health and Human Services shall consist of 13 members as follows:

(1)       One representative of the Statewide Independent Living Council.

(2)       One representative of a parent training and information center established pursuant to section 631(c) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, 20 U.S.C. § 1431(c).

(3)       One representative of the State's Client Assistance Program.

(4)       One vocational rehabilitation counselor who has knowledge of and experience in vocational rehabilitation services for the blind. A vocational rehabilitation counselor appointed pursuant to this subdivision shall serve as a nonvoting member of the Commission if the counselor is an employee of the Department of Health and Human Services.

(5)       One representative of community rehabilitation program services providers.

(6)       One current or former applicant for, or recipient of, vocational rehabilitation services.

(7)       One representative of a disability advocacy group representing individuals who are blind.

(8)       One parent, family member, guardian, advocate, or authorized representative of an individual who is blind, has multiple disabilities, and either has difficulty representing himself or herself or who is unable, due to disabilities, to represent himself or herself.

(9)       One representative of business, industry, and labor.

(10)     One representative of the directors of projects carried out under section 121 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 741, as amended, if there are any of these projects in the State.

(11)     One representative of the Department of Public Instruction.

(12)     One representative of the Commission on Workforce Development.

(13)     The Director of the Division of Services for the Blind shall serve as an ex officio, nonvoting member.

(b)       The members of the Commission for the Blind shall be appointed by the Governor. The Governor shall appoint members after soliciting recommendations from representatives of organizations representing a broad range of individuals who have disabilities and organizations interested in those individuals. In making appointments to the Commission, the Governor shall consider, to the greatest extent practicable, the extent to which minority populations are represented on the Commission.

(c)       A majority of Commission members shall be persons who are blind, as defined in G.S. 111‑11. A majority of Commission members shall be persons who are not employed by the Division of Services for the Blind.

(d)       The Commission for the Blind shall select a Chairperson from among its members.

(e)       The term of office of members of the Commission is three years. The term of members appointed under subdivisions (1), (2), (3), and (4) of subsection (a) of this section shall expire on June 30 of years evenly divisible by three. The term of members appointed under subdivisions (5), (6), (7), and (8) of subsection (a) of this section shall expire on June 30 of years that follow by one year those years that are evenly divisible by three. The term of members appointed under subdivisions (9), (10), (11), and (12) of subsection (a) of this section shall expire on June 30 of years that precede by one year those years that are evenly divisible by three.

(f)        No individual may be appointed to more than two consecutive three‑year terms. Upon the expiration of a term, a member shall continue to serve until a successor is appointed, as provided by G.S. 128‑7. An appointment to fill a vacancy shall be for the unexpired balance of the term.

(g)       A member of the Commission shall not vote on any issue before the Commission that would have a significant and predictable effect on the member's financial interest. The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Commission from office for misfeasance, malfeasance, or nonfeasance in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143B‑13 of the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

(h)       The members of the Commission shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

(i)        A majority of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

(j)        All clerical and other services required by the Commission shall be supplied by the Secretary of Health and Human Services. (1973, c. 476, s. 140; 1977, c. 581; 1993, c. 561, s. 89(b); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2000‑121, s. 31.)

 

§ 143B‑159.  Commission for the Blind – regular and special meetings.

The Commission for the Blind shall meet at least once in each quarter and may hold special meetings at any time and place within the State at the call of the chairman or upon the written request of at least five members. (1973, c. 476, s. 141.)

 

§ 143B‑160.  Commission for the Blind – officers.

The Commission for the Blind shall have a chairman and a vice‑chairman. The chairman shall be designated by the Governor from among the members of the Commission to serve as chairman at his pleasure. The vice‑chairman shall be elected by and from the members of the Commission and shall serve for a term of two years or until the expiration of his regularly appointed term. (1973, c. 476, s. 142.)

 

 

Part 8.  Professional Advisory Committee.

§ 143B‑161.  Professional Advisory Committee – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the Professional Advisory Committee of the Department of Health and Human Services. The Professional Advisory Committee shall advise the Commission for the Blind on matters concerning or pertaining to the procurement, utilization, and rendering of professional services to the beneficiaries of the Commission's aid and services. (1973, c. 476, s. 144; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑162.  Professional Advisory Committee – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The Professional Advisory Committee of the Department of Health and Human Services shall consist of nine members appointed by the Governor, three of whom shall be licensed physicians nominated by the North Carolina Medical Society whose practice is limited to ophthalmology, three optometrists nominated by the North Carolina State Optometric Society, and three opticians nominated by the North Carolina Opticians Association.

Those nine members shall serve three‑year terms staggered such that the terms of three members shall expire each year. A member of the Committee shall continue to serve until his successor is appointed and qualifies. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Committee created by the resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Committee from office in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143B‑16 of the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

The Governor shall designate a member of the Committee to serve as chairman at his pleasure.

Members of the Committee shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

All clerical and other services required by the Committee shall be supplied by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.

The schedule for appointments to the Committee described in Section 1 of this act is as follows: The ophthalmologists and optometrists serving on the Committee on the date this act is ratified shall continue to serve until their respective terms expire. Initial appointments of the three opticians shall be made no later than July 2, 1979, shall become effective on that date, and shall be for one, two, and three‑year terms, respectively. At the end of the respective terms of office of those nine members, the appointment of their successors shall be for terms of three years. (1973, c. 476, s. 145; 1979, c. 977, ss. 1, 2; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

Part 9.  Consumer and Advocacy Advisory Committee for the Blind.

§ 143B‑163.  Consumer and Advocacy Advisory Committee for the Blind – creation, powers and duties.

(a)       There is hereby created the Consumer and Advocacy Advisory Committee for the Blind of the Department of Health and Human Services. This Committee shall make a continuing study of the entire range of problems and needs of the blind and visually impaired population of this State and make specific recommendations to the Secretary of Health and Human Services as to how these may be solved or alleviated through legislative action. The Committee shall examine national trends and programs of other states, as well as programs and priorities in North Carolina. Because of the cost of treating persons who lose their vision, the Committee's role shall also include studying and making recommendations to the Secretary of Health and Human Services concerning methods of preventing blindness and restoring vision.

(b)       The Consumer and Advocacy Advisory Committee for the Blind shall advise all State boards, commissions, agencies, divisions, departments, schools, corporations, or other State‑administered associations or entities, including the secretary, director and members of said boards, commissions, agencies, divisions, departments, schools, et cetera, on the needs of the citizens of the State of North Carolina who are now or will become visually impaired.

(c)       The Consumer and Advocacy Advisory Committee for the Blind shall also advise every State board, commission, agency, division, department, school, corporation, or other State‑administered associations or entity concerning sight conservation programs that it supervises, administers or controls.

(d)       All State boards, commissions, agencies, divisions, departments, schools, corporations, or other State‑administered associations or entities including the secretary, director and members of said State boards, agencies, departments, et cetera, which supervise, administer or control any program for or affecting the citizens of the State of North Carolina who are now or will become visually impaired shall inform the Consumer and Advocacy Advisory Committee for the Blind of any proposed change in policy, program, budget, rule, or regulation which will affect the citizens of North Carolina who are now or will become visually impaired. Said board, commission, et cetera, shall allow the Consumer and Advocacy Advisory Committee for the Blind, prior to passage, unless such change is made pursuant to G.S. 150B‑21.1, an opportunity to object to the change and present information and proposals on behalf of the citizens of North Carolina who are now or will become visually impaired. This subsection shall also apply to all sight conservation programs of the State of North Carolina.

(e)       Nothing in this statute shall prohibit a board, commission, agency, division, department, et cetera, from implementing any change after allowing the Consumer and Advocacy Advisory Committee for the Blind an opportunity to object and propose alternatives. Shifts in budget items within a program or administrative changes in a program required in the day‑to‑day operation of an agency, department, or school, et cetera, shall be allowed without prior consultation with said Committee. (1977, c. 842, s. 1; c. 1050; 1979, c. 973, s. 1; 1987, c. 827, s. 1; 1991 (Reg. Sess., 1992), c. 1030, s. 44; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2000‑121, s. 32.)

 

§ 143B‑164.  Consumer and Advocacy Advisory Committee for the Blind – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

(a)       The Consumer and Advocacy Advisory Committee for the Blind of the Department of Health and Human Services shall consist of the following members:

(1)       One member of the North Carolina Senate to be appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate;

(2)       One member of the North Carolina House of Representatives to be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives;

(3)       President and Vice‑President of the National Federation of the Blind of North Carolina;

(4)       President and Vice‑President of the North Carolina Council of the Blind;

(5)       President and Vice‑President of the North Carolina Association of Workers for the Blind;

(6)       President and Vice‑President of the North Carolina Chapter of the American Association of Workers for the Blind;

(7)       Chairman of the State Council of the North Carolina Lions and Executive Director of the North Carolina Lions Association for the Blind, Inc.;

(8)       Chairman of the Concession Stand Committee of the Division of Services for the Blind of the Department of Health and Human Services; and

(9)       Executive Director of the North Carolina Society for the Prevention of Blindness, Inc.

With respect to members appointed from the General Assembly, these appointments shall be made in the odd‑numbered years, and the appointments shall be made for two‑year terms beginning on the first day of July and continuing through the 30th day of June two years thereafter; provided, such appointments shall be made within two weeks after ratification of this act, and the first members which may be so appointed prior to July 1 of the year of ratification shall serve through the 30th day of June of the second year thereafter. If any Committee member appointed from the General Assembly ceases to be a member of the General Assembly, for whatever reason, his position on the Committee shall be deemed vacant. In the event that either Committee position which is designated herein to be filled by a member of the General Assembly becomes vacant during a term, for whatever reason, a successor to fill that position shall be appointed for the remainder of the unexpired term by the person who made the original appointment or his successor. Provided members appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate and the Speaker of the House shall not serve more than two complete consecutive terms.

With respect to the remaining Committee members, each officeholder shall serve on the Committee only so long as he holds the named position in the specified organization. Upon completion of his term, failure to secure reelection or appointment, or resignation, the individual shall be deemed to have resigned from the Committee and his successor in office shall immediately become a member of the Committee. Further, if any of the above‑named organizations dissolve or if any of the above‑stated positions no longer exist, then the successor organization or position shall be deemed to be substituted in the place of the former one and the officeholder in the new organization or of the new position shall become a member of the Committee.

(b)       A chairman shall be elected by a majority vote of the Committee members for a one‑year term to coincide with the fiscal year of the State. Provided, the first chairman shall be elected for a term to end June 30, 1978.

Provided, further, if any chairman does not desire or is unable to continue to perform as chairman for any reason, including his becoming ineligible to be a member of the Committee as specified in subsection (a), the remaining members shall elect a chairman to fulfill the remainder of his term.

(c)       A majority of the members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

(d)       The Committee shall meet once a quarter to act upon any information provided them by any board, commission, agency, division, department, school, et cetera. Special meetings may be held at any time and place within the State at the call of the chairman or upon written request of at least a majority of the members. Provided, a majority of the members shall be allowed to waive any meeting.

(e)       All clerical and other services required by the Committee shall be supplied by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.

(f)        Members of the Committee shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5. (1977, c. 842, s. 1; c. 1050; 1979, c. 973, s. 2; 1991, c. 739, s. 27; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§§ 143B‑164.1 through 143B‑164.9.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 9A.  State School for Sight‑Impaired Children.

§ 143B‑164.10.  Incorporation, name and management.

The institution for the education of the blind, located in the City of Raleigh, shall be a corporation under the name and style of the Governor Morehead School, and shall be under the management of the Department of Health and Human Services and the director of the school. (1881, c. 211, s. 1; Code, s. 2227; Rev., s. 4187; 1917, c. 35, s. 1; C.S., s. 5872; 1957, c. 1434; 1963, c. 448, s. 28; 1969, c. 749, s. 2; 1973, c. 476, s. 164; 1975, c. 19, s. 39; 1981, c. 423, s. 1; 1997‑18, s. 13(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑164.11.  Board of Directors of the Governor Morehead School – creation, powers and duties.

(a)       There is hereby created the Board of Directors of the Governor Morehead School of the Department of Health and Human Services with the power and duty to adopt rules and establish standards to be followed in the conduct of the Governor Morehead School including rules for the professional care of children admitted to the Governor Morehead School and rules to make the Governor Morehead School as nearly self‑supporting as consistent with the purposes of its creation.

(b)       The Board of Directors of the Governor Morehead School may adopt rules not inconsistent with the laws of this State, as may be required by the federal government for grants‑in‑aid that may be available to the State by the federal government. This subsection is to be liberally construed in order that the State and its citizens may benefit from such grants‑in‑aid.

(c)       The Board of Directors of the Governor Morehead School may encourage the establishment of private, nonprofit corporations to support the institution. If the sole purpose of a corporation is to support the Governor Morehead School, the Department of Health and Human Services may, with the approval of the Board of Directors, assign employees to assist with the establishment and operation of the corporation and may make available to the corporation office space, equipment, supplies, and other related resources. The limitation on hours of service by an employee provided in G.S. 143B‑139.4 does not apply to employees assisting a nonprofit corporation pursuant to this subsection. The board of directors of each private, nonprofit corporation that obtains assistance under this subsection shall secure and pay for the services of the State Auditor or employ a certified public accountant to conduct an annual audit of the financial accounts of the corporation. The board of directors of the corporation shall transmit to the Department of Health and Human Services a copy of the annual financial audit report of the corporation. (1989, c. 533, s. 3; 1997‑18, s. 13(b); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2001‑412, s. 2.)

 

§ 143B‑164.12.  Board of Directors of the Governor Morehead School – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

(a)       The Board of Directors of the Governor Morehead School of the Department of Health and Human Services shall consist of 11 members appointed by the Governor for terms of six years. Any appointment to fill a vacancy created by the resignation, dismissal, death or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term. The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Board from office for misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance according to the provisions of G.S. 143B‑13.

(b)       The chairman of the Board shall be designated by the Governor from the Board members to serve as chairman at his pleasure. The vice‑chairman shall be elected by and from the members of the Board and shall serve for a term of two years or until the expiration of his regularly appointed term.

(c)       The Board shall meet at least once in each quarter and may hold special meetings at any time and place at the call of the chairman or upon the written request of at least a majority of its members. A majority of the Board shall constitute a quorum.

(d)       Board members shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with G.S. 138‑5.

(e)       The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services shall provide clerical and other assistance as needed. (1989, c. 533, s. 3; 1997‑18, s. 13(c); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑164.13.  Admission of pupils; how admission obtained.

The Department of Health and Human Services shall, on application, receive in the institution for the purpose of education all blind children who are residents of this State and who are from age five through age 20 years: Provided, that pupils who are not within the age limits above set forth may be admitted to said institution in cases in which the Department of Health and Human Services finds that the admission of such pupils will be beneficial to them and in cases in which there is sufficient space available for their admission in said institution: Provided, further, that the Department of Health and Human Services is authorized to make expenditures, out of any scholarship funds or other funds already available or appropriated, of sums of money for the use of out‑of‑state facilities for any student who, because of peculiar conditions or disability, cannot be properly educated at the school in Raleigh. (1881, c. 211, s. 5; Code, s. 2231; Rev., s. 4191; 1917, c. 35, s. 1; C.S., s. 5876; 1947, c. 375; 1949, c. 507; 1953, c. 675, s. 14; 1963, c. 448, s. 28; 1969, c. 749, s. 2; c. 1279; 1973, c. 476, s. 164; 1981, c. 423, s. 1; 1983 (Reg. Sess., 1984), c. 1034, s. 23; 1985, c. 780, s. 3; 1997‑18, s. 13(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑164.14.  Admission of pupils from other states.

The Department of Health and Human Services may, on such terms as it deems proper and upon the receipt of tuition and necessary expenses as prescribed by the Department of Health and Human Services, admit as pupils persons of like infirmity from any other state but such power shall not be exercised to the exclusion of any child of this State, and the person so admitted shall not acquire the condition of a resident of the State by virtue of such pupilage. (1881, c. 211, s. 6; Code, s. 2232; Rev., s. 4193; C.S., s. 5878; 1963, c. 448, s. 28; 1969, c. 749, s. 2; 1973, c. 476, s. 164; 1981, c. 423, s. 1; 1997‑18, s. 13(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑164.15.  Department of Health and Human Services may confer diplomas.

The Department of Health and Human Services may, upon the recommendation of the superintendent and faculty, confer such diplomas or marks of achievement upon its graduates as it may deem appropriate to encourage merit. (1881, c. 211, s. 7; Code, s. 2233; Rev., s. 4194; 1917, c. 35, s. 1; C.S., s. 5879; 1963, c. 448, s. 28; 1969, c. 749, s. 2; 1973, c. 476, s. 164; 1981, c. 423, s. 1; 1997‑18, s. 13(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑164.16.  State Treasurer is ex officio treasurer of institution.

The State Treasurer shall be ex officio treasurer of the institution. He shall report to the Department of Health and Human Services at such times as they may call on him, showing the amount received on account of the institution, amount paid out, and amount on hand. (1881, c. 211, s. 9; Code, s. 2235; Rev., s. 4196; C.S., s. 5881; 1963, c. 448, s. 28; 1969, c. 749, s. 2; 1973, c. 476, s. 164; 1981, c. 423, s. 1; 1997‑18, s. 13(a); 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑164.17.  When clothing, etc., for pupils paid for by county.

Where it shall appear to the satisfaction of the director of social services and the chairman of the board of county commissioners of any county in this State that the parents of any blind child residing in such county are then unable to provide such child with clothing or traveling expenses or both to and from the Governor Morehead School, or where such child has no living parent, or any estate of his own, or any person, or persons, upon which he is legally dependent who are able to provide expenses for such transportation and clothing, then upon the demand of the institution which such child attends or has been accepted for attendance, the board of county commissioners of the county in which such child resides shall pay to the proper institution an amount sufficient to clothe and pay traveling expenses of said child. (1879, c. 332, s. 1; Code, s. 2238; Rev., s. 4199; Ex. Sess. 1908, c. 69; 1917, c. 35, s. 3; 1919, c. 183; C.S., s. 5885; 1927, c. 86; 1929, c. 181; 1961, c. 186; 1963, c. 448, s. 28; 1969, c. 749, s. 2; c. 982; 1981, c. 423, s. 1; 1993, c. 257, s. 11; 1997‑18, s. 13(a).)

 

§ 143B‑164.18.  Establishment of private, nonprofit corporations.

The Department of Health and Human Services may encourage the establishment of private, nonprofit corporations to support the Governor Morehead School. If the sole purpose of a corporation is to support the Governor Morehead School, the Department may, with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Governor Morehead School, assign employees to assist with the establishment and operation of the nonprofit corporation and may make available to the corporation office space, equipment, supplies, and other related resources. The limitation on hours of service by an employee provided in G.S. 143B‑139.4 does not apply to employees assisting a nonprofit corporation established pursuant to this section.

The board of directors of each private, nonprofit corporation that obtains assistance under this section shall secure and pay for the services of the State Auditor or employ a certified public accountant to conduct an annual audit of the financial accounts of the corporation. The board of directors of the corporation shall transmit to the Department of Health and Human Services a copy of the annual financial audit report of the corporation. (2001‑412, s. 1.)

 

Part 10.  North Carolina Medical Care Commission.

§ 143B‑165.  North Carolina Medical Care Commission – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the North Carolina Medical Care Commission of the Department of Health and Human Services with the power and duty to promulgate rules and regulations to be followed in the construction and maintenance of public and private hospitals, medical centers, and related facilities with the power and duty to adopt, amend and rescind rules and regulations under and not inconsistent with the laws of the State necessary to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Article.

(1)       The North Carolina Medical Care Commission has the duty to adopt statewide plans for the construction and maintenance of hospitals, medical centers, and related facilities, or such other as may be found desirable and necessary in order to meet the requirements and receive the benefits of any federal legislation with regard thereto.

(2)       The Commission is authorized to adopt such rules and regulations as may be necessary to carry out the intent and purposes of Article 13 of Chapter 131 of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

(3)       The Commission may adopt such reasonable and necessary standards with reference thereto as may be proper to cooperate fully with the Surgeon General or other agencies or departments of the United States and the use of funds provided by the federal government as contained and referenced in Article 13 of Chapter 131 of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

(4)       The Commission shall have the power and duty to approve projects in the amounts of grants‑in‑aid from funds supplied by the federal and State governments for the planning and construction of hospitals and other related medical facilities according to the provisions of Article 13 of Chapter 131 of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

(5)       Repealed by Session Laws 1981 (Regular Session, 1982), c. 1388, s. 3.

(6)       The Commission has the duty to adopt rules and regulations and standards with respect to the different types of hospitals to be licensed under the provisions of Article 13A of Chapter 131 of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

(7)       The Commission is authorized and empowered to adopt such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the laws of this State, as may be required by the federal government for grants‑in‑aid for medical facility services and licensure which may be made available to the State by the federal government. This section is to be liberally construed in order that the State and its citizens may benefit from such grants‑in‑aid.

(8)       The Commission shall adopt such rules and regulations, consistent with the provisions of this Chapter. All rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of this Chapter heretofore adopted by the North Carolina Medical Care Commission shall remain in full force and effect unless and until repealed or superseded by action of the North Carolina Medical Care Commission. All rules and regulations adopted by the Commission shall be enforced by the Department of Health and Human Services.

(9)       The Commission shall have the power and duty to adopt rules and regulations with regard to emergency medical services in accordance with the provisions of Article 26 of Chapter 130 and Article 56 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

(10)     The Commission shall have the power and duty to adopt rules for the operation of nursing homes, as defined by Article 6 of Chapter 131E of the General Statutes.

(11)     The Commission is authorized to adopt such rules as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of Part C of Article 6, and Article 10, of Chapter 131E of the General Statutes of North Carolina.

(12)     The Commission shall adopt rules, including temporary rules pursuant to G.S. 150B‑13, providing for the accreditation of facilities that perform mammography procedures and for laboratories evaluating screening pap smears. Mammography accreditation standards shall address, but are not limited to, the quality of mammography equipment used and the skill levels and other qualifications of personnel who administer mammographies and personnel who interpret mammogram results. The Commission's standards shall be no less stringent than those established by the United States Department of Health and Human Services for Medicare/Medicaid coverage of screening mammography. These rules shall also specify procedures for waiver of these accreditation standards on an individual basis for any facility providing screening mammography to a significant number of patients, but only if there is no accredited facility located nearby. The Commission may grant a waiver subject to any conditions it deems necessary to protect the health and safety of patients, including requiring the facility to submit a plan to meet accreditation standards.

(13)     The Commission shall have the power and duty to adopt rules for the inspection and licensure of adult care homes and operation of adult care homes, as defined by Article 1 of Chapter 131D of the General Statutes, and for personnel requirements of staff employed in adult care homes, except where rule‑making authority is assigned to the Secretary. (1973, c. 476, s. 148; c. 1090, s. 2; c. 1224, s. 3; 1981, c. 614, s. 10; 1981 (Reg. Sess.,1982), c. 1388, s. 3; 1983 (Reg. Sess., 1984), c. 1022, s. 6; 1987, c. 34; 1991, c. 490, s.4; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1999‑334, ss. 3.6, 3.7).

 

§ 143B‑166.  North Carolina Medical Care Commission – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The North Carolina Medical Care Commission of the Department of Health and Human Services shall consist of 17 members appointed by the Governor. Three of the members appointed by the Governor shall be nominated by the North Carolina Medical Society, one member shall be nominated by the North Carolina Nurses Association, one member shall be nominated by the North Carolina Pharmaceutical Association, one member nominated by the Duke Foundation and one member nominated by the North Carolina Hospital Association. The remaining 10 members of the North Carolina Medical Care Commission shall be appointed by the Governor and selected so as to fairly represent agriculture, industry, labor, and other interest groups in North Carolina. One such member appointed by the Governor shall be a dentist licensed to practice in North Carolina. The initial members of the Commission shall be 18 members of the North Carolina Medical Care Commission who shall serve for a period equal to the remainder of their current terms on the North Carolina Medical Care Commission, six of whose appointments expire June 30, 1973, four of whose appointments expire June 30, 1974, four of whose appointments expire June 30, 1975, and four of whose appointments expire June 30, 1976. To achieve the required 17 members the Governor shall appoint three members to the Commission upon the expiration of four members' initial terms on June 30, 1973. At the end of the respective terms of office of the initial members of the Commission, their successors shall be appointed for terms of four years and until their successors are appointed and qualify. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Commission created by the resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Commission from office for misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143B‑13 of the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

Vacancies on said Commission among the membership nominated by a society, association, or foundation as hereinabove provided shall be filled by the Executive Committee or other authorized agent of said society, association or foundation until the next meeting of the society, association or foundation at which time the society, association or foundation shall nominate a member to fill the vacancy for the unexpired term.

The members of the Commission shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

A majority of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

All clerical and other services required by the Commission shall be supplied by the Secretary of Health and Human Services. (1973, c. 476, s. 149; c. 1090, s. 2; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑167.  North Carolina Medical Care Commission – regular and special meetings.

The North Carolina Medical Care Commission shall meet at least once in each quarter and may hold special meetings at any time and place within the State at the call of the chairman or upon the written request of at least nine members. (1973, c. 476, s. 150; c. 1090, s. 2.)

 

§ 143B‑168.  North Carolina Medical Care Commission – officers.

The North Carolina Medical Care Commission shall have a chairman and vice‑chairman. The chairman shall be designated by the Governor from among the members of the Commission to serve as chairman at his pleasure. The vice‑chairman shall be elected by and from the members of the Commission and shall serve for a term of two years or until the expiration of his regularly appointed term. (1973, c. 476, s. 151; c. 1090, s. 2.)

 

Part 10A. Child Day‑Care Commission.

§ 143B‑168.1.  Repealed by Session Laws 1987, c. 788, s. 23.

 

§ 143B‑168.2.  Repealed by Session Laws 1987, c. 788, s. 24.

 

§ 143B‑168.3.  Child Care Commission – powers and duties.

(a)       The Child Day‑Care Licensing Commission of the Department of Administration is transferred, recodified, and renamed the Child Care Commission of the Department of Health and Human Services with the power and duty to adopt rules to be followed in the licensing and operation of child care facilities as provided by Article 7 of Chapter 110 of the General Statutes.

(a1)     The Child Care Commission shall adopt rules:

(1)       For the issuance of licenses to any child care facility; and

(2)       To adopt rules as provided by Article 7 of Chapter 110 of the General Statutes of the State of North Carolina, and to establish standards for enhanced program licenses, as authorized by G.S. 110‑88(7).

(b)       The Commission shall adopt rules consistent with the provisions of this Chapter. All rules not inconsistent with the provisions of this Chapter heretofore adopted by the Child Day‑Care Licensing Commission shall remain in full force and effect unless and until repealed or superseded by action of the Child Care Commission. All rules and regulations adopted by the Commission shall be enforced by the Department of Health and Human Services. (1985, c. 757, s. 155(a); 1987, c. 788, ss. 25, 26; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1997‑456, s. 27; 1997‑506, s. 56.)

 

§ 143B‑168.4.  Child Care Commission – members; selection; quorum.

(a)       The Child Care Commission of the Department of Health and Human Services shall consist of 15 members. Seven of the members shall be appointed by the Governor and eight by the General Assembly, four upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, and four upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives. Four of the members appointed by the Governor, two by the General Assembly on the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, and two by the General Assembly on the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives, shall be members of the public who are not employed in, or providing, child care and who have no financial interest in a child care facility. Two of the foregoing public members appointed by the Governor, one of the foregoing public members recommended by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, and one of the foregoing public members recommended by the Speaker of the House of Representatives shall be parents of children receiving child care services. Of the remaining two public members appointed by the Governor, one shall be a pediatrician currently licensed to practice in North Carolina. Three of the members appointed by the Governor shall be child care providers, one of whom shall be affiliated with a for profit child care center, one of whom shall be affiliated with a for profit family child care home, and one of whom shall be affiliated with a nonprofit facility. Two of the members appointed by the General Assembly on the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, and two by the General Assembly on recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives, shall be child care providers, one affiliated with a for profit child care facility, and one affiliated with a nonprofit child care facility. None may be employees of the State.

(b)       Members shall be appointed as follows:

(1)       Of the Governor's initial appointees, four shall be appointed for terms expiring June 30, 1986, and three shall be appointed for terms expiring June 30, 1987;

(2)       Of the General Assembly's initial appointees appointed upon recommendation of the President of the Senate, two shall be appointed for terms expiring June 30, 1986, and two shall be appointed for terms expiring June 30, 1987;

(3)       Of the General Assembly's initial appointees appointed upon recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives, two shall be appointed for terms expiring June 30, 1986, and two shall be appointed for terms expiring June 30, 1987.

Appointments by the General Assembly shall be made in accordance with G.S. 120‑121. After the initial appointees' terms have expired, all members shall be appointed to serve two‑year terms. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Commission created by the resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

(c)       A vacancy occurring during a term of office is filled:

(1)       By the Governor, if the Governor made the initial appointment;

(2)       By the General Assembly, if the General Assembly made the initial appointment in accordance with G.S. 120‑122.

At its first meeting the Commission members shall elect a chairman to serve a two‑year term. Chairmen shall be elected for two‑year terms thereafter. The same member may serve as chairman for two consecutive terms.

Commission members may be reappointed and may succeed themselves for a maximum of four consecutive terms.

The Commission shall meet quarterly, and at other times at the call of the chairman or upon written request of at least six members.

The members of the Commission shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5. A majority of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

All clerical and other services required by the Commission shall be supplied by the Secretary of Health and Human Services. (1985, c. 757, s. 155(a); 1987 (Reg. Sess., 1988), c. 896; 1989, c. 342; 1995, c. 490, s. 10; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1997‑506, s. 57.)

 

§ 143B‑168.5.  Child Care – special unit.

There is established within the Department of Health and Human Services a special unit to deal primarily with violations involving child abuse and neglect in child care arrangements. The Child Care Commission shall make rules for the investigation of reports of child abuse or neglect and for administrative action when child abuse or neglect is substantiated, pursuant to G.S. 110‑88(6a), 110‑105, and 110‑105.2. (1985, c. 757, s. 156(r); 1991, c. 273, s. 12; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1997‑506, s. 58.)

 

§§ 143B‑168.6 through 143B‑168.9.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 10B.  Early Childhood Initiatives.

§ 143B‑168.10.  Early childhood initiatives; findings.

The General Assembly finds, upon consultation with the Governor, that every child can benefit from, and should have access to, high‑quality early childhood education and development services. The economic future and well‑being of the State depend upon it. To ensure that all children have access to high‑quality early childhood education and development services, the General Assembly further finds that:

(1)       Parents have the primary duty to raise, educate, and transmit values to young preschool children;

(2)       The State can assist parents in their role as the primary caregivers and educators of young preschool children; and

(3)       There is a need to explore innovative approaches and strategies for aiding parents and families in the education and development of young preschool children. (1993, c. 321, s. 254(a); 1998‑212, s. 12.37B(a).)

 

§ 143B‑168.11.  Early childhood initiatives; purpose; definitions.

(a)       The purpose of this Part is to establish a framework whereby the General Assembly, upon consultation with the Governor, may support through financial and other means, the North Carolina Partnership for Children, Inc. and comparable local partnerships, which have as their missions the development of a comprehensive, long‑range strategic plan for early childhood development and the provision, through public and private means, of high‑quality early childhood education and development services for children and families. It is the intent of the General Assembly that communities be given the maximum flexibility and discretion practicable in developing their plans while remaining subject to the approval of the North Carolina Partnership and accountable to the North Carolina Partnership and to the General Assembly for their plans and for the programmatic and fiscal integrity of the programs and services provided to implement them.

(b)       The following definitions apply in this Part:

(1)       Board of Directors. – The Board of Directors of the North Carolina Partnership for Children, Inc.

(2)       Department. – The Department of Health and Human Services.

(2a)     Early Childhood. – Birth through five years of age.

(3)       Local Partnership. – A county or regional private, nonprofit 501(c)(3) organization established to coordinate a local demonstration project, to provide ongoing analyses of their local needs that must be met to ensure that the developmental needs of children are met in order to prepare them to begin school healthy and ready to succeed, and, in consultation with the North Carolina Partnership and subject to the approval of the North Carolina Partnership, to provide programs and services to meet these needs under this Part, while remaining accountable for the programmatic and fiscal integrity of their programs and services to the North Carolina Partnership.

(4)       North Carolina Partnership. – The North Carolina Partnership for Children, Inc.

(5)       Secretary. – The Secretary of Health and Human Services. (1993, c. 321, s. 254(a); 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 766, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1998‑212, s. 12.37B(a).)

 

§ 143B‑168.12.  North Carolina Partnership for Children, Inc.; conditions.

(a)       In order to receive State funds, the following conditions shall be met:

(1)       The North Carolina Partnership shall have a Board of Directors consisting of the following 26 members:

a.         The Secretary of Health and Human Services, ex officio, or the Secretary's designee;

b.         Repealed by Session Laws 1997, c. 443, s. 11A.105.

c.         The Superintendent of Public Instruction, ex officio, or the Superintendent's designee;

d.         The President of the Community Colleges System, ex officio, or the President's designee;

e.         Three members of the public, including one child care provider, one other who is a parent, and one other who is a board chair of a local partnership serving on the North Carolina Partnership local partnership advisory committee, appointed by the General Assembly upon recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate;

f.          Three members of the public, including one who is a parent, one other who is a representative of the faith community, and one other who is a board chair of a local partnership serving on the North Carolina Partnership local partnership advisory committee, appointed by the General Assembly upon recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives;

g.         Twelve members, appointed by the Governor. Three of these 12 members shall be members of the party other than the Governor's party, appointed by the Governor. Seven of these 12 members shall be appointed as follows: one who is a child care provider, one other who is a pediatrician, one other who is a health care provider, one other who is a parent, one other who is a member of the business community, one other who is a member representing a philanthropic agency, and one other who is an early childhood educator;

h.         Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑212, s. 12.37B(a), effective October 30, 1998.

h1.       The Chair of the North Carolina Partnership Board shall be appointed by the Governor;

i.          Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑212, s. 12.37B(a), effective October 30, 1998.

j.          One member of the public appointed by the General Assembly upon recommendation of the Majority Leader of the Senate;

k.         One member of the public appointed by the General Assembly upon recommendation of the Majority Leader of the House of Representatives;

l.          One member of the public appointed by the General Assembly upon recommendation of the Minority Leader of the Senate;

m.        One member of the public appointed by the General Assembly upon recommendation of the Minority Leader of the House of   Representatives; and

n.         The Director of the More at Four Pre‑Kindergarten Program, or the Director's designee.

All members appointed to succeed the initial members and members appointed thereafter shall be appointed for three‑year terms. Members may succeed themselves.

All appointed board members shall avoid conflicts of interests and the appearance of impropriety. Should instances arise when a conflict may be perceived, any individual who may benefit directly or indirectly from the North Carolina Partnership's disbursement of funds shall abstain from participating in any decision or deliberations by the North Carolina Partnership regarding the disbursement of funds.

All ex officio members are voting members. Each ex officio member may be represented by a designee. These designees shall be voting members. No members of the General Assembly shall serve as members.

The North Carolina Partnership may establish a nominating committee and, in making their recommendations of members to be appointed by the General Assembly or by the Governor, the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Majority Leader of the Senate, the Majority Leader of the House of Representatives, the Minority Leader of the Senate, the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, and the Governor shall consult with and consider the recommendations of this nominating committee.

The North Carolina Partnership may establish a policy on members' attendance, which policy shall include provisions for reporting absences of at least three meetings immediately to the appropriate appointing authority.

Members who miss more than three consecutive meetings without excuse or members who vacate their membership shall be replaced by the appropriate appointing authority, and the replacing member shall serve either until the General Assembly and the Governor can appoint a successor or until the replaced member's term expires, whichever is earlier.

The North Carolina Partnership shall establish a policy on membership of the local boards. No member of the General Assembly shall serve as a member of a local board. Within these requirements for local board membership, the North Carolina Partnership shall allow local partnerships that are regional to have flexibility in the composition of their boards so that all counties in the region have adequate representation.

All appointed local board members shall avoid conflicts of interests and the appearance of impropriety. Should instances arise when a conflict may be perceived, any individual who may benefit directly or indirectly from the partnership's disbursement of funds shall abstain from participating in any decision or deliberations by the partnership regarding the disbursement of funds.

(2)       The North Carolina Partnership and the local partnerships shall agree to adopt procedures for its operations that are comparable to those of Article 33C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes, the Open Meetings Law, and Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, the Public Records Law, and provide for enforcement by the Department. The procedures may provide for the confidentiality of personnel files comparable to Article 7 of Chapter 126 of the General Statutes.

(3)       The North Carolina Partnership shall oversee the development and implementation of the local demonstration projects as they are selected and shall approve the ongoing plans, programs, and services developed and implemented by the local partnerships and hold the local partnerships accountable for the financial and programmatic integrity of the programs and services. The North Carolina Partnership may contract at the State level to obtain services or resources  when the North Carolina Partnership determines it would be more efficient to do so.

In the event that the North Carolina Partnership determines that a local partnership is not fulfilling its mandate to provide programs and services designed to meet the developmental needs of children in order to prepare them to begin school healthy and ready to succeed and is not being accountable for the programmatic and fiscal integrity of its programs and services, the North Carolina Partnership may suspend all funds to the partnership until the partnership demonstrates that these defects are corrected. Further, at its discretion, the North Carolina Partnership may assume the managerial responsibilities for the partnership's programs and services until the North Carolina Partnership determines that it is appropriate to return the programs and services to the local partnership.

(4)       The North Carolina Partnership shall develop and implement a comprehensive standard fiscal accountability plan to ensure the fiscal integrity and accountability of State funds appropriated to it and to the local partnerships. The standard fiscal accountability plan shall, at a minimum, include a uniform, standardized system of accounting, internal controls, payroll, fidelity bonding, chart of accounts, and contract management and monitoring. The North Carolina Partnership may contract with outside firms to develop and implement the standard fiscal accountability plan. All local partnerships shall be required to participate in the standard fiscal accountability plan developed and adopted by the North Carolina Partnership pursuant to this subdivision.

(5)       The North Carolina Partnership shall develop a regional accounting and contract management system which incorporates features of the required standard fiscal accountability plan described in subdivision (4) of subsection (a) of this section. All local partnerships shall participate in the regional accounting and contract management system.

(6)       The North Carolina Partnership shall develop a formula for allocating direct services funds appropriated for this purpose to local partnerships.

(7)       The North Carolina Partnership may adjust its allocations by up to ten percent (10%) on the basis of local partnerships' performance assessments. In determining whether to adjust its allocations to local partnerships, the North Carolina Partnership shall consider whether the local partnerships are meeting the outcome goals and objectives of the North Carolina Partnership and the goals and objectives set forth by the local partnerships in their approved annual program plans.

The North Carolina Partnership may use additional factors to determine whether to adjust the local partnerships' allocations. These additional factors shall be developed with input from the local partnerships and shall be communicated to the local partnerships when the additional factors are selected. These additional factors may include board involvement, family and community outreach, collaboration among public and private service agencies, and family involvement.

On the basis of performance assessments, local partnerships annually shall be rated "superior", "satisfactory", or "needs improvement".

The North Carolina Partnership may contract with outside firms to conduct the performance assessments of local partnerships.

(8)       The North Carolina Partnership shall establish a local partnership advisory committee comprised of 15 members. Eight of the members shall be chosen from past board chairs or duly elected officers currently serving on local partnerships' board of directors at the time of appointment and shall serve three‑year terms. Seven of the members shall be staff of local partnerships. Members shall be chosen by the Chair of the North Carolina Partnership from a pool of candidates nominated by their respective boards of directors. The local partnership advisory committee shall serve in an advisory capacity to the North Carolina Partnership and shall establish a schedule of regular meetings. Members shall be chosen from local partnerships on a rotating basis. The advisory committee shall annually elect a chair from among its members.

(9)       Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑424, s. 21.75(h), effective July 1, 2001.

(b)       The North Carolina Partnership shall be subject to audit and review by the State Auditor under Article 5A of Chapter 147 of the General Statutes. The State Auditor shall conduct annual financial and compliance audits of the North Carolina Partnership.

(c)       The North Carolina Partnership shall require each local partnership to place in each of its contracts a statement that the contract is subject to monitoring by the local partnership and North Carolina Partnership, that contractors and subcontractors shall be fidelity bonded, unless the contractors or subcontractors receive less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or unless the contract is for child care subsidy services, that contractors and subcontractors are subject to audit oversight by the State Auditor, and that contractors and subcontractors shall be subject to the requirements of G.S. 143C‑6.14. Organizations subject to G.S. 159‑34 shall be exempt from this requirement.

(d)       The North Carolina Partnership for Children, Inc., shall make a report no later than December 1 of each year to the General Assembly that shall include the following:

(1)       A description of the program and significant services and initiatives.

(2)       A history of Smart Start funding and the previous fiscal year's expenditures.

(3)       The number of children served by type of service.

(4)       The type and quantity of services provided.

(5)       The results of the previous year's evaluations of the Initiatives or related programs and services.

(6)       A description of significant policy and program changes.

(7)       Any recommendations for legislative action.

(e)       The North Carolina Partnership shall develop guidelines for local partnerships to follow in selecting capital projects to fund. The guidelines shall include assessing the community needs in relation to the quantity of child care centers, assessing the cost of purchasing or constructing new facilities as opposed to renovating existing facilities, and prioritizing capital needs such as construction, renovations, and playground equipment and other amenities.

(f)        The North Carolina Partnership for Children, Inc., shall establish uniform guidelines and a reporting format for local partnerships to document the qualifying expenses occurring at the contractor level. Local partnerships shall monitor qualifying expenses to ensure they have occurred and meet the requirements prescribed in this subsection. (1993, c. 321, s. 254(a); 1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 766, s. 1; 1995, c. 324, s. 27A.1; 1996, 2nd Ex. Sess., c. 18, s. 24.29(b); 1997‑443, ss. 11.55(l), 11A.105; 1998‑212, s. 12.37B(a), (b); 1999‑84, s. 24; 1999‑237, s. 11.48(a); 2000‑67, s. 11.28(a); 2001‑424, ss. 21.75(h), 21.75(i); 2002‑126, s. 10.55(d); 2003‑284, ss. 10.38(l), 10.38(m), 10.38(n); 2004‑124, s. 10.37; 2006‑203, s. 104; 2006‑264, s. 1(b); 2007‑323, s. 10.19B(a).)

 

§ 143B‑168.13.  Implementation of program; duties of Department and Secretary.

(a)       The Department shall:

(1)       Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑212, s. 12.37B(a), effective October 30, 1998.

(1a)     Develop and conduct a statewide needs and resource assessment every third year, beginning in the 1997‑98 fiscal year. This needs assessment shall be conducted in cooperation with the North Carolina Partnership and with the local partnerships. This needs assessment shall include a statewide assessment of capital needs. The data and findings of this needs assessment shall form the basis for annual program plans developed by local partnerships and approved by the North Carolina Partnership.

(2)       Recodified as (a)(1a) by Session Laws 1998‑212, s. 12.37B(a).

(2a)     Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑212, s. 12.37B(l), effective October 30, 1998.

(3)       Provide technical and administrative assitance to local partnerships, particularly during the first year after they are selected under this Part to receive State funds. The Department, at any time, may authorize the North Carolina Partnership or a governmental or public entity to do the contracting for one or more local partnerships. After a local partnership's first year, the Department may allow the partnership to contract for itself.

(4)       Adopt, in cooperation with the North Carolina Partnership, any rules necessary to implement this Part, including rules to ensure that State leave policy is not applied to the North Carolina Partnership and the local partnerships. In order to allow local partnerships to focus on the development of long‑range plans in their initial year of funding, the Department may adopt rules that limit the categories of direct services for young children and their families for which funds are made available during the initial year.

(5)       Repealed by Session Laws 1996, Second Extra Session, c. 18, s. 24.29(c).

(6)       Annually update its funding formula, in collaboration with the North Carolina Partnership for Children, Inc., using the most recent data available. These amounts shall serve as the basis for determining "full funding" amounts for each local partnership.

(b)       Repealed by Session Laws 1998‑212, s. 12.37B(a), effective October 30, 1998. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 766, s. 1; 1996, 2nd Ex. Sess., c. 18, s. 24.29(c); 1997‑443, s. 11.55(m); 1998‑212, s. 12.37B(a), (b); 2000‑67, s. 11.28(b); 2002‑126, s. 10.55(e).)

 

§ 143B‑168.14.  Local partnerships; conditions.

(a)       In order to receive State funds, the following conditions shall be met:

(1)       Each local partnership shall develop a comprehensive, collaborative, long‑range plan of services to children and families in the service‑delivery area. No existing local, private, nonprofit 501(c)(3) organization, other than one established on or after July 1, 1993, and that meets the guidelines for local partnerships as established under this Part, shall be eligible to apply to serve as the local partnership for the purpose of this Part. The Board of the North Carolina Partnership may authorize exceptions to this eligibility requirement.

(2)       Each local partnership shall agree to adopt procedures for its operations that are comparable to those of Article 33C of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes, the Open Meetings Law, and Chapter 132 of the General Statutes, the Public Records Law, and provide for enforcement by the Department. The procedures may provide for the confidentiality of personnel files comparable to Article 7 of Chapter 126 of the General Statutes.

(3)       Each local partnership shall adopt procedures to ensure that all personnel who provide services to young children and their families under this Part know and understand their responsibility to report suspected child abuse, neglect, or dependency, as defined in G.S. 7B‑101.

(4)       Each local partnership shall participate in the uniform, standard fiscal accountability plan developed and adopted by the North Carolina Partnership.

(b)       Each local partnership shall be subject to audit and review by the State Auditor under Article 5A of Chapter 147 of the General Statutes. The State Auditor shall conduct annual financial and compliance audits of local partnerships that are rated "needs improvement" in performance assessments authorized in G.S. 143B‑168.12(a)(7). Local partnerships that are rated "superior" or "satisfactory" in performance assessments authorized in G.S. 143B‑168.12(a)(7) shall undergo biennial financial and compliance audits by the State Auditor. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 766, s. 1; 1996, 2nd Ex. Sess., c. 18, s. 24.29(d)(1); 1997‑506, s. 59; 1998‑202, s. 13(ll); 1998‑212, s. 12.37B(a); 2003‑284, s. 19.1; 2007‑323, s. 10.19B(b).)

 

§ 143B‑168.15.  Use of State funds.

(a)       State funds allocated to local projects for services to children and families shall be used to meet assessed needs, expand coverage, and improve the quality of these services. The local plan shall address the assessed needs of all children to the extent feasible. It is the intent of the General Assembly that the needs of both young children below poverty who remain in the home, as well as the needs of young children below poverty who require services beyond those offered in child care settings, be addressed. Therefore, as local partnerships address the assessed needs of all children, they should devote an appropriate amount of their State allocations, considering these needs and other available resources, to meet the needs of children below poverty and their families.

(b)       Depending on local, regional, or statewide needs, funds may be used to support activities and services that shall be made available and accessible to providers, children, and families on a voluntary basis. Of the funds allocated to local partnerships for direct services, seventy percent (70%) of the funds spent in each year shall be used in child care related activities and early childhood education programs that improve access to child care and early childhood education services, develop new child care and early childhood education services, and improve the quality of child care and early childhood education services in all settings.

(c)       Long‑term plans for local projects that do not receive their full allocation in the first year, other than those selected in 1993, should consider how to meet the assessed needs of low‑income children and families within their neighborhoods or communities. These plans also should reflect a process to meet these needs as additional allocations and other resources are received.

(d)       State funds designated for start‑up and related activities may be used for capital expenses or to support activities and services for children, families, and providers. State funds designated to support direct services for children, families, and providers shall not be used for major capital expenses unless the North Carolina Partnership approves this use of State funds based upon a finding that a local partnership has demonstrated that (i) this use is a clear priority need for the local plan, (ii) it is necessary to enable the local partnership to provide services and activities to underserved children and families, and (iii) the local partnership will not otherwise be able to meet this priority need by using State or federal funds available to that local partnership. The funds approved for capital projects in any two consecutive fiscal years may not exceed ten percent (10%) of the total funds for direct services allocated to a local partnership in those two consecutive fiscal years.

(e)       State funds allocated to local partnerships shall not supplant current expenditures by counties on behalf of young children and their families, and maintenance of current efforts on behalf of these children and families shall be sustained. State funds shall not be applied without the Secretary's approval where State or federal funding sources, such as Head Start, are available or could be made available to that county.

(f)        Repealed by Session Laws 2001‑424, s. 21.75(g), effective July 1, 2001.

(g)       Not less than thirty percent (30%) of the funds spent in each year of each local partnership's direct services allocation shall be used to expand child care subsidies. To the extent practicable, these funds shall be used to enhance the affordability, availability, and quality of child care services as described in this section. The North Carolina Partnership may increase this percentage requirement up to a maximum of fifty percent (50%) when, based upon a significant local waiting list for subsidized child care, the North Carolina Partnership determines a higher percentage is justified.

(h)       State funds allocated to local partnerships that are unexpended at the end of a fiscal year shall remain available to the North Carolina Partnership for Children, Inc., to reallocate to local partnerships.  (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 766, s. 1; 1995, c. 509, s. 97; 1996, 2nd Ex. Sess., c. 18, s. 24.29(e); 1997‑443, s. 11.55(n); 1997‑506, s. 60; 1998‑212, s. 12.37B(a), (b); 1999‑237, s. 11.48(o); 2000‑67, ss. 11.28(c), 11.28(d); 2001‑424, s. 21.75(g); 2008‑123, s. 2.)

 

§ 143B‑168.16.  Home‑centered services; consent.

No home‑centered services including home visits or in‑home parenting training shall be allowed under this Part unless the written, informed consent of the participating parents authorizing the home‑centered services is first obtained by the local partnership, educational institution, local school administrative unit, private school, not‑for‑profit organization, governmental agency, or other entity that is conducting the parenting program. The participating parents may revoke at any time their consent for the home‑centered services.

The consent form shall contain a clear description of the program including (i) the activities and information to be provided by the program during the home visits, (ii) the number of expected home visits, (iii) any responsibilities of the parents, (iv) the fact, if applicable, that a record will be made and maintained on the home visits, (v) the fact that the parents may revoke at any time the consent, and (vi) any other information as may be necessary to convey to the parents a clear understanding of the program.

Parents at all times shall have access to any record maintained on home‑centered services provided to their family and may place in that record a written response to any information with which they disagree that is in the record. (1993 (Reg. Sess., 1994), c. 766, s. 1.)

 

Part 11. Council for Institutional Boards.

§§ 143B‑169 through 143B‑172:  Repealed by Session Laws 1979, c.  504, s. 9.

 

Part 12.  Boards of Directors of Institutions.

§§ 143B‑173 through 143B‑176:  Repealed by Session Laws 1989, c.  533, s. 3.

 

Part 12A.  Board of Directors of the Governor Morehead School.

§§ 143B‑176.1 through 143B‑176.2:  Recodified as §§ 143B‑164.11 and 143B‑164.12 by Session Laws 1997‑18, ss. 13(b) and (c).

 

 

Part 13.  Council on Developmental Disabilities.

§ 143B‑177.  Council on Developmental Disabilities – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the Council on Developmental Disabilities of the Department of Health and Human Services. The Council on Developmental Disabilities shall have the following functions and duties:

(1)       To advise the Secretary of Health and Human Services regarding the development and implementation of the State plan as required by Public Law 98‑527, the Developmental Disabilities Act of 1984, by:

a.         Identifying ways and means of promoting public understanding of developmental disabilities;

b.         Examining the federally assisted State programs of all State agencies which provide services for persons with developmental disabilities;

c.         Describing the quality, extent and scope of services being provided, or to be provided, to persons with developmental disabilities in North Carolina;

d.         Recommending ways and means for coordination of programs to prevent duplication and overlapping of such services;

e.         Considering the need for new State programs and laws in the field of developmental disabilities; and

f.          Conducting activities which will increase and support the independence, productivity, and integration into the community of persons with developmental disabilities.

(2)       To advise the Secretary of Health and Human Services regarding the coordination of planning and service delivery of all State‑funded programs which provide service to persons with developmental disabilities by:

a.         Gathering, analyzing and interpreting individual and aggregate needs assessment data from all State agencies that provide services to developmentally disabled;

b.         Conducting special needs assessment studies as may be necessary;

c.         Specifying and supporting activities that will enhance the services delivered by individual agencies by reducing barriers between agencies;

d.         Identifying service development priorities that require cooperative interagency planning and development;

e.         Providing coordinative and technical assistance in interagency planning and development efforts; and

f.          Coordinating interagency training efforts that will promote more effective service delivery to persons with developmental disabilities.

(3)       To advise the Secretary of Health and Human Services regarding other matters relating to developmental disabilities and upon any matter the Secretary may refer to it. (1973, c. 476, s. 167; 1987, c. 780; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑178.  Council on Developmental Disabilities – definitions.

The following definitions apply to this Chapter:

(1)       The term "developmental disability" means a severe, chronic disability of a person which:

a.         Is attributable to a mental or physical impairment or combination of mental and physical impairments;

b.         Is manifested before the person attains age 22, unless the disability is caused by a traumatic head injury and is manifested after age 22;

c.         Is likely to continue indefinitely;

d.         Results in substantial functional limitations in three or more of the following areas of major life activity: (i) self‑care, (ii) receptive and expressive language, (iii) learning, (iv) mobility, (v) self‑direction, (vi) capacity for independent living, and (vii) economic self‑sufficiency; and

e.         Reflects the person's need for a combination and sequence of special, interdisciplinary, or generic care, treatment, or other services which are of lifelong or extended duration and are individually planned and coordinated.

(2)       The term "services for persons with developmental disabilities," as it is used in this Article, means:

a.         Alternative community living arrangement services, employment related activities, child development services, and case management services; and

b.         Any other specialized services or special adaptations of generic services including diagnosis, evaluation, treatment, personal care, child care, adult care, special living arrangements, training, education, sheltered employment, recreation and socialization, counseling of the individual with such a disability and of his family, protective and other social and sociolegal services, information and referral services, follow‑along services, nonvocational social‑developmental services, and transportation services necessary to assure delivery of services to persons with developmental disabilities, and services to promote and coordinate activities to prevent developmental disabilities. (1973, c. 476, s. 168; 1977, c. 881, ss. 1, 2; 1979, c. 752, s. 1 1987, c. 780; 1995, c. 535, s. 33; 1997‑506, s. 61.)

 

§ 143B‑179.  Council on Developmental Disabilities – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

(a)       The Council on Developmental Disabilities of the Department of Health and Human Services shall consist of 32 members appointed by the Governor. The composition of the Council shall be as follows:

(1)       Eleven members from the General Assembly and State government agencies as follows: One person who is a member of the Senate, one person who is a member of the House of Representatives, one representative of the Department of Public Instruction, one representative of the Department of Correction, and seven representatives of the Department of Health and Human Services to include the Secretary or his designee.

(2)       Sixteen members designated as consumers of service for the developmentally disabled. A consumer of services for the developmentally disabled is a person who (i) has a developmental disability or is the parent or guardian of such a person, or (ii) is an immediate relative or guardian of a person with mentally impairing developmental disability, and (iii) is not an employee of a State agency that receives funds or provides services under the provisions of Part B, Title 1, P.L. 98‑527, as amended, the Developmental Disabilities Act of 1984, is not a managing employee (as defined in Section 1126(b) of the Social Security Act) of any other entity that receives funds or provides services under such Part, and is not a person with an ownership or control interest (within the meaning of Section 1124(a)(3) of the Social Security Act) with respect to such an entity. Of these 16 members, at least one third shall be persons with developmental disabilities and at least another one third shall be the immediate relatives or guardians of persons with mentally impairing developmental disabilities, of whom at least one shall be an immediate relative or guardian of an institutionalized developmentally disabled person.

(3)       Five members at large as follows: One representative of the university affiliated facility, one representative of the State protection and advocacy system, one representative of a local agency, one representative of a nongovernmental agency or nonprofit group concerned with services to persons with developmental disabilities, and one representative from the public at large.

The appointments of all members, with the exception of those from the General Assembly and State agencies shall be for terms of four years and until their successors are appointed and qualify. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Council created by the resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

The Governor shall make appropriate provisions for the rotation of membership on the Council.

(b)       The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Council from office in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143B‑16.

The Governor shall designate one member of the Council to serve as chairman at his pleasure.

Members of the Council shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

A majority of the Council shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

All clerical and other services required by the council shall be supplied by the Secretary of Health and Human Services. (1973, c. 476, s. 169; c. 1117; 1977, c. 881, s. 3; 1979, c. 752, s. 2; 1987, c. 780; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1997‑456, s. 27.)

 

§§ 143B‑179.1 through 143B‑179.4.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 13A.  Interagency Coordinating Council for Children with Disabilities from Birth to Five Years of Age.

§ 143B‑179.5.  Interagency Coordinating Council for Children from Birth to Five with Disabilities and Their Families; establishment, composition, organization; duties, compensation, reporting.

(a)       There is established an Interagency Coordinating Council for Children from Birth to Five with Disabilities and Their Families in the Department of Health and Human Services.

(b)       The Interagency Coordinating Council shall have 26 members, appointed by the Governor. Effective July 1, 1994, the Governor shall designate 13 appointees to serve for two years and 13 appointees to serve for one year. Thereafter, the terms of all Council members shall be two years. The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Council from office in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143B‑16. Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Council created by the resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term. Members may be appointed to succeed themselves for one term and may be appointed again, after being off the Council for one term.

The composition of the Council and the designation of the Council's chair shall be as specified in the "Individuals with Disabilities Education Act" (IDEA), P.L. 102‑119, the federal early intervention legislation, except that two members shall be members of the Senate, appointed from recommendations of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate and two members shall be members of the House of Representatives, appointed from recommendations of the Speaker of the House of Representatives.

(c)       The chair may establish those standing and ad hoc committees and task forces as may be necessary to carry out the functions of the Council and appoint Council members or other individuals to serve on these committees and task forces. The Council shall meet at least quarterly. A majority of the Council shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

(d)       The Council shall advise the Department of Health and Human Services and other appropriate agencies in carrying out their early intervention services, and the Department of Public Instruction, and other appropriate agencies, in their activities related to the provision of special education services for preschoolers. The Council shall specifically address in its studies and evaluations that it considers necessary to its advising:

(1)       The identification of sources of fiscal and other support for the early intervention system;

(2)       The development of policies related to the early intervention services;

(3)       The preparation of applications for available federal funds;

(4)       The resolution of interagency disputes; and

(5)       The promotion of interagency agreements.

(e)       Members of the Council and parents on ad hoc committees and task forces of the Council shall receive travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

(f)        The Council shall prepare and submit an annual report to the Governor and to the General Assembly on the status of the early intervention system for eligible infants and toddlers and on the status of special education services for preschoolers.

All clerical and other services required by the Council shall be supplied by the Secretary of Health and Human Services and the Superintendent of Public Instruction, as specified by the interagency agreement authorized by G.S. 122C‑112(a)(13). (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1003, s. 1; 1993, c. 487, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.106; 2006‑69, s. 3(o); 2006‑259, s. 34.)

 

§ 143B‑179.5A: Repealed by Session Laws 2008‑85, s. 1, effective July 11, 2008.

 

§ 143B‑179.6.  Interagency Coordinating Council for Children with Disabilities from Birth to Five Years of Age; agency cooperation.

All appropriate agencies, including the Department of Health and Human Services and the Department of Public Instruction, and other public and private service providers shall cooperate with the Council in carrying out its mandate. (1989 (Reg. Sess., 1990), c. 1003, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.107; 2006‑69, s. 3(p).)

 

Part 14.  Governor's Advisory Council on Aging; Division of Aging.

§ 143B‑180.  Governor's Advisory Council on Aging – creation, powers and duties.

There is hereby created the Governor's Advisory Council on Aging of the Department of Health and Human Services. The Advisory Council on Aging shall have the following functions and duties:

(1)       To make recommendations to the Governor and the Secretary of Health and Human Services aimed at improving human services to the elderly;

(2)       To study ways and means of promoting public understanding of the problems of the aging, to consider the need for new State programs in the field of aging, and to make recommendations to and advise the Governor and the Secretary on these matters;

(3)       To advise the Department of Health and Human Services in the preparation of a plan describing the quality, extent and scope of services being provided, or to be provided, to elderly persons in North Carolina;

(4)       To study the programs of all State agencies which provide services for elderly persons and to advise the Governor and the Secretary of Health and Human Services on the coordination of programs to prevent duplication and overlapping of such services;

(5)       To advise the Governor and the Secretary of Health and Human Services upon any matter which the Governor and the Secretary may refer to it. (1973, c. 476, s. 171; 1977, c. 242, s. 1; 1983, c. 40, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑181.  Governor's Advisory Council on Aging – members; selection; quorum; compensation.

The Governor's Advisory Council on Aging of the Department of Health and Human Services shall consist of 33 members, 29 members to be appointed by the Governor, two members to be appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, and two members to be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives. The composition of the Council shall be as follows: one representative of the Department of Administration; one representative of the Department of Cultural Resources; one representative of the Employment Security Commission; one representative of the Teachers' and State Employees' Retirement System; one representative of the Commissioner of Labor; one representative of the Department of Public Instruction; one representative of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources; one representative of the Department of Insurance; one representative of the Department of Crime Control and Public Safety; one representative of the Department of Community Colleges; one representative of the School of Public Health of The University of North Carolina; one representative of the School of Social Work of The University of North Carolina; one representative of the Agricultural Extension Service of North Carolina State University; one representative of the collective body of the Medical Society of North Carolina; and 19 members at large. The at large members shall be citizens who are knowledgeable about services supported through the Older Americans Act of 1965, as amended, and shall include persons with greatest economic or social need, minority older persons, and participants in programs under the Older Americans Act of 1965, as amended. The Governor shall appoint 15 members at large who meet these qualifications and are 60 years of age or older. The four remaining members at large, two of whom shall be appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate and two of whom shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, shall be broadly representative of the major private agencies and organizations in the State who are experienced in or have demonstrated particular interest in the special concerns of older persons. At least one of each of the at‑large appointments of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives shall be persons 60 years of age or older. The Council shall meet at least quarterly.

Members at large shall be appointed for four‑year terms and until their successors are appointed and qualify. Ad interim appointments shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

The Governor shall have the power to remove any member of the Council from office in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143B‑16 of the Executive Organization Act of 1973.

The Governor shall designate one member of the Council as chair to serve in such capacity at his pleasure.

Members of the Council shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with the provisions of G.S. 138‑5.

A majority of the Council shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

All clerical and other services required by the Council shall be supplied by the Secretary of Health and Human Services. (1973, c. 476, s. 172; 1975, c. 128, ss. 1, 2; 1977, c. 242, s. 2; c. 771, s. 4; 1983, c. 40, s. 2; 1989, c. 727, s. 218(127); 1993, c. 522, s. 16; 1995, c. 490, s. 3; 1997‑443, s. 11A.108.)

 

§ 143B‑181.1.  Division of Aging – creation, powers and duties.

(a)       There is hereby created within the office of the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services a Division of Aging, which shall have the following functions and duties:

(1)       To maintain a continuing review of existing programs for the aging in the State of North Carolina, and periodically make recommendations to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for transmittal to the Governor and the General Assembly as appropriate for improvements in and additions to such programs;

(2)       To study, collect, maintain, publish and disseminate factual data and pertinent information relative to all aspects of aging. These include the societal, economic, educational, recreational and health needs and opportunities of the aging;

(3)       To stimulate, inform, educate and assist local organizations, the community at large, and older people themselves about aging, including needs, resources and opportunities for the aging, and about the role they can play in improving conditions for the aging;

(4)       To serve as the agency through which various public and nonpublic organizations concerned with the aged can exchange information, coordinate programs, and be helped to engage in joint endeavors;

(5)       To provide advice, information and technical assistance to North Carolina State government departments and agencies and to nongovernmental organizations which may be considering the inauguration of services, programs, or facilities for the aging, or which can be stimulated to take such action;

(6)       To coordinate governmental programs with private agency programs for aging in order that such efforts be effective and that duplication and wasted effort be prevented or eliminated;

(7)       To promote employment opportunities as well as proper and adequate recreational use of leisure for older people, including opportunities for uncompensated but satisfying volunteer work;

(8)       To identify research needs, encourage research, and assist in obtaining funds for research and demonstration projects;

(9)       To establish or help to establish demonstration programs of services to the aging;

(10)     To establish a fee schedule to cover the cost of providing in‑home and community‑based services funded by the Division. The fees may vary on the basis of the type of service provided and the ability of the recipient to pay for the service. The fees may be imposed on the recipient of a service unless prohibited by federal law. The local agency shall retain the fee and use it to extend the availability of in‑home and community‑based services provided by the Division in support of functionally impaired older adults and family caregivers of functionally impaired older adults;

(11)     To administer a Home and Community Care Block Grant for older adults, effective July 1, 1992. The Home and Community Care Block Grant shall be comprised of applicable Older Americans Act funds, Social Services Block Grant funding in support of the Respite Care Program (G.S. 143B‑181.10), State funds for home and community care services administered by the Division of Aging, portions of the State In‑Home and Adult Day Care funds (Chapter 1048, 1981 Session Laws) administered by the Division of Social Services which support services to older adults, and other funds appropriated by the General Assembly as part of the Home and Community Care Block Grant. Funding currently administered by the Division of Social Services to be included in the block grant will be based on the expenditures for older adults at a point in time to be mutually determined by the Divisions of Social Services and Aging. The total amount of Older Americans Act funds to be included in the Home and Community Care Block Grant and the matching rates for the block grant shall be established by the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Aging. Allocations made to counties in support of older adults shall not be less than resources made available for the period July 1, 1990, through June 30, 1991, contingent upon availability of current State and federal funding; and

(12)     To organize, coordinate, and provide staff support to the North Carolina Senior Tar Heel Legislature.

(b)       The Division shall function under the authority of the Department of Health and Human Services and the Secretary of Health and Human Services as provided in the Executive Organization Act of 1973 and shall perform such other duties as are assigned by the Secretary.

(c)       The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall adopt rules to implement this Part and Title 42, Chapter 35, of the United States Code, entitled Programs for Older Americans. (1977, c. 242, s. 4; 1981, c. 614, s. 19; 1987, c. 827, s. 244; 1991, c. 52, s. 1; c. 241, s. 1; 1993, c. 503, s. 2; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑181.1A.  Plan for serving older adults; inventory of existing data; cooperation by State agencies.

(a)       The Division of Aging, Department of Health and Human Services shall submit a regularly updated plan to the General Assembly by March 1 of every other odd‑numbered year, beginning March 1, 1995. This plan shall include:

(1)       A detailed analysis of the needs of older adults in North Carolina, based on existing available data, including demographic, geographic, health, social, economical, and other pertinent indicators;

(2)       A clear statement of the goals of the State's long‑term public policy on aging;

(3)       An analysis of services currently provided and an analysis of additional services needed; and

(4)       Specific implementation recommendations on expansion and funding of current and additional services and services levels.

(b)       The Division of Aging, Department of Health and Human Services, shall maintain an inventory of existing data sets regarding the elderly in North Carolina, in order to ensure that adequate demographic, geographic, health, social, economic, and other pertinent indicators are available to generate its regularly updated Plan for Serving Older Adults.

Upon request, the Division shall make information on these data sets available within a reasonable time.

All State agencies and entities that possess data relating to the elderly, including the Department of Health and Human Services' Division of Health Services, the Division of Health Service Regulation, and the Division of Social Services, and the Department of Administration, shall cooperate, upon request, with the Division of Aging in implementing this subsection. (1989, c. 52, s. 1; c. 695, s. 1; 1995, c. 253, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2007‑182, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑181.1B.  Division as clearinghouse for information; agencies to provide information.

(a)       The Division of Aging, Department of Health and Human Services, shall be the central clearinghouse for information regarding all State education and training programs available and being provided about and for the elderly in North Carolina.

(b)       The Division of Aging, Department of Health and Human Services, shall produce and distribute annually an updated calendar of conferences, training events, and educational programs about and for the elderly in North Carolina.

(c)       All State agencies and entities administering State or federal funding for education and training programs about and for the elderly shall provide to the Division of Aging by September 1 of each year all information required by the Division regarding conferences, training events, and educational programs provided about and for the elderly. (1989, c. 696, ss. 1‑3; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑181.2.  Assistant Secretary for Aging – appointment and duties.

(a)       The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall appoint an assistant secretary in the Department of Health and Human Services, whose title shall be the Assistant Secretary for Aging. The Assistant Secretary for Aging shall monitor all aging programs in the Department of Health and Human Services and shall have such powers and duties as are conferred on him by this Part and delegated to him by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.

(b)       The Assistant Secretary for Aging, through the appropriate subunits of the Department of Health and Human Services, shall, at the request of the Secretary, identify program needs for the aging, recommend program changes, coordinate intra‑departmental program efforts, represent the Secretary in aging matters before boards and commissions, the General Assembly and the public, coordinate program contacts between the Department of Health and Human Services and private, State and federal agencies, initiate special studies on aging matters, and have the responsibility of assuring that services are delivered to the elderly of the State. (1977, c. 242, s. 4; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑181.3.  Statement of principles.

To utilize effectively the resources of our State, to provide a better quality of life for our senior citizens, and to assure older adults the right of choosing where and how they want to live, the following principles are hereby endorsed:

(1)       Older people should be able to live as normal a life as possible.

(2)       Older adults should have a choice of life styles which will allow them to remain contributing members of society for as long as possible.

(3)       Preventive and primary health care are necessary to keep older adults active and contributing members of society.

(4)       Appropriate training in gerontology and geriatrics should be  developed for individuals serving older adults.

(5)       Transportation to meet daily needs and to make accessible a broad range of services should be provided so that older persons may realize their full potential.

(6)       Services for older adults should be coordinated so that all their needs can be served efficiently and effectively.

(7)       Information on all services for older citizens and advocacy for these services should be available in each county.

(8)       Increased employment opportunities for older adults should be made available.

(9)       Options in housing should be made available.

(10)     Planning for programs for older citizens should always be done in consultation with them.

(11)     The State should aid older people to help themselves and should encourage families in caring for their older members. (1979, c. 983, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑181.4.  Responsibility for policy.

Responsibility for developing policy to carry out the purpose of this Part is vested in the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services as provided in G.S. 143B‑181.1 who may assign responsibility to the Assistant Secretary for Aging. The Assistant Secretary for Aging shall, at the request of the Secretary, be the bridge between the federal and local level and shall review policies that affect the well being of older people with the goal of providing a balance in State programs to meet the social welfare and health needs of the total population. Responsibilities may include:

(1)       Serving as chief advocate for older adults;

(2)       Developing the State plan which will aid in the coordination of all programs for older people;

(3)       Providing information and research to identify gaps in existing services;

(4)       Promoting the development and expansion of services;

(5)       Evaluation of programs;

(6)       Bringing together the public and private sectors to provide services for older people. (1979, c. 983, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑181.5.  Long‑term care policy.

The North Carolina General Assembly finds that the aging of the population and advanced medical technology have resulted in a growing number of persons who require assistance.  The primary resource for long‑term care provision continues to be the family and friends. However, these traditional caregivers are increasingly employed outside the home.  There is growing demand for improvement and expansion of home and community‑based long‑term care services to support and complement the services provided by these informal caregivers.

The North Carolina General Assembly further finds that the public interest would best be served by a broad array of long‑term care services that support persons who need such services in the home or in the community whenever practicable and that promote individual autonomy, dignity, and choice.

The North Carolina General Assembly finds that as other long‑term care options become more available, the relative need for institutional care will stabilize or decline relative to the growing aging population.  The General Assembly recognizes, however, that institutional care will continue to be a critical part of the State's long‑term care options and that such services should promote individual dignity, autonomy, and a home‑like environment. (1981, c. 675, s. 1; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 583, s. 2.)

 

§ 143B‑181.6.  Purpose and intent.

It is the North Carolina General Assembly's intent in the State's development and implementation of long‑term care policies that:

(1)       Long‑term care services administered by the Department of Health and Human Services and other State and local agencies shall include a balanced array of health, social, and supportive services that promote individual choice, dignity, and the highest practicable level of independence;

(2)       Home and community‑based services shall be developed, expanded, or maintained in order to meet the needs of consumers in the least confusing manner and based on the desires of the elderly and their families;

(3)       All services shall be responsive and appropriate to individual need and shall be delivered through a seamless system that is flexible and responsive regardless of funding source;

(4)       Services shall be available to all elderly who need them but targeted primarily to the most frail, needy elderly;

(5)       State and local agencies shall maximize the use of limited resources by establishing a fee system for persons who have the ability to pay;

(6)       Institutional care shall be provided in such a manner and in such an environment as to promote maintenance or enhancement of the quality of life of each resident and timely discharge to a less restrictive care setting when appropriate; and

(7)       State health planning for institutional bed supply shall take into account increased availability of other home and community‑based services options. (1981, c. 675, ss. 1, 2; 1995 (Reg. Sess., 1996), c. 583, s. 2; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§§ 143B‑181.7 through 143B‑181.9:  Repealed by Session Laws 1995 (Regular Session, 1996), c. 583, s. 2.

 

§ 143B‑181.9A: Repealed by Session Laws 1995, c.  179, s. 1.

 

Part 14C. Respite Care Program.

§ 143B‑181.10.  Respite care program established; eligibility; services; administration; payment rates.

(a)       A respite care program is established to provide needed relief to caregivers of impaired adults who cannot be left alone because of mental or physical problems.

(b)       Those eligible for respite care under the program established by this section are limited to those unpaid primary caregivers who are caring for people 60 years of age or older and their spouses, or those unpaid primary caregivers 60 years of age or older who are caring for persons 18 years of age or older, who require constant supervision and who cannot be left alone either because of memory impairment, physical immobility, or other problems that renders them unsafe alone.

(c)       Respite care services provided by the programs established by this section may include:

(1)       Counseling and training in the caregiving role, including coping mechanisms and behavior modification techniques;

(2)       Counseling and accessing available local, regional, and State services;

(3)       Support group development and facilitation;

(4)       Assessment and care planning for the patient of the caregiver;

(5)       Attendance and companion services for the patient in order to provide release time to the caregiver;

(6)       Personal care services, including meal preparation, for the patient of the caregiver;

(7)       Temporarily placing the person out of his home to provide the caregiver total respite when the mental or physical stress on the caregiver necessitates this type of respite.

Program funds may provide no more than the current adult care. An out of home placement is defined as placement in a hospital, skilled or intermediate nursing facility, adult care home, adult day health center, or adult day care center. Duration of the service period may extend beyond a year.

(d)       The respite care program established by this section shall be administered by the Division of Aging consistent with the policies and procedures of the Older Americans Act. The programs shall be coordinated with other appropriate Divisions in the Department of Health and Human Services, and with agencies and organizations concerned with the delivery of services to frail older adults and their unpaid caregivers. The Division shall choose respite care provider agencies in accordance with procedures outlined under the Older Americans Act and shall include the following criteria: documented capacity to provide care, adequacy of quality assurance, training, supervision, abuse prevention, complaint mechanisms, and cost. All funds allocated by the Division pursuant to this section shall be allocated on the same basis as funding under the Older Americans Act.

(e)       Funding for the Division of Aging to administer this program shall not exceed the percentage allowed for administration as provided in the Older Americans Act but shall not be less than that budgeted for administration in fiscal year 1988‑89.

(f)        Unless prohibited by federal law, caregivers receiving respite care services through the program established by this section shall pay for some of the services on a sliding scale depending on their ability to pay. The Division of Aging, in consultation with the Councils of Governments in each region, shall specify rates of payment for the services. (1985 (Reg. Sess., 1986), c. 1014, s. 7.1; 1989, c. 500, s. 96(a); c. 770, s. 63; 1991, c. 332, s. 1; 1995, c. 535, s. 34; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1998‑97, s. 1; 2000‑50, s. 1.)

 

§§ 143B‑181.11 through 143B‑181.14.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 14D.  Long‑Term Care Ombudsman Program.

§ 143B‑181.15.  Long‑Term Care Ombudsman Program/Office; policy.

The General Assembly finds that a significant number of older citizens of this State reside in long‑term care facilities and are dependent on others to provide their care. It is the intent of the General Assembly to protect and improve the quality of care and life for residents through the establishment of a program to assist residents and providers in the resolution of complaints or common concerns, to promote community involvement and volunteerism in long‑term care facilities, and to educate the public about the long‑term care system. It is the further intent of the General Assembly that the Department of Health and Human Services, within available resources and pursuant to its duties under the Older Americans Act of 1965, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 3001 et seq., ensure that the quality of care and life for these residents is maintained, that necessary reports are made, and that, when necessary, corrective action is taken at the Department level. (1989, c. 403, s. 1; 1995, c. 254, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑181.16.  Long‑Term Care Ombudsman Program/Office; definition.

Unless the content clearly requires otherwise, as used in this Article:

(1)       "Long‑term care facility" means any skilled nursing facility and intermediate care facility as defined in G.S. 131A‑3(4) or any adult care home as defined in G.S. 131D‑20(2).

(2)       "Resident" means any person who is receiving treatment or care in any long‑term care facility.

(3)       "State Ombudsman" means the State Ombudsman as defined by the Older Americans Act of 1965, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 3001 et seq., who carries out the duties and functions established by this Article.

(4)       "Regional Ombudsman" means a person employed by an Area Agency on Aging to carry out the functions of the Regional Ombudsman Office established by this Article. (1989, c. 403, s. 1; 1995, c. 254, s. 2; c. 535, s. 35.)

 

§ 143B‑181.17.  Office of State Long‑Term Care Ombudsman Program/Office; establishment.

The Secretary of Department of Health and Human Services shall establish and maintain the Office of State Long‑Term Ombudsman in the Division of Aging. The Office shall carry out the functions and duties required by the Older Americans Act of 1965, as amended. This Office shall be headed by a State Ombudsman who is a person qualified by training and with experience in geriatrics and long‑term care. The Attorney General shall provide legal staff and advice to this Office. (1989, c. 403, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑181.18.  Office of State Long‑Term Care Ombudsman Program/State Ombudsman duties.

The State Ombudsman shall:

(1)       Promote community involvement with long‑term care providers and residents of long‑term care facilities and serve as liaison between residents, residents' families, facility personnel, and facility administration;

(2)       Supervise the Long‑Term Care Program pursuant to rules adopted by the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services pursuant to G.S. 143B‑10;

(3)       Certify regional ombudsmen. Certification requirements shall include an internship, training in the aging process, complaint resolution, long‑term care issues, mediation techniques, recruitment and training of volunteers, and relevant federal, State, and local laws, policies, and standards;

(4)       Attempt to resolve complaints made by or on behalf of individuals who are residents of long‑term care facilities, which complaints relate to administrative action that may adversely affect the health, safety, or welfare of residents;

(5)       Provide training and technical assistance to regional ombudsmen;

(6)       Establish procedures for appropriate access by regional ombudsmen to long‑term care facilities and residents' records including procedures to protect the confidentiality of these records and to ensure that the identity of any complainant or resident will not be disclosed except as permitted under the Older Americans Act of 1965, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 3001 et seq.;

(7)       Analyze data relating to complaints and conditions in long‑term care facilities to identify significant problems and recommend solutions;

(8)       Prepare an annual report containing data and findings regarding the types of problems experienced and complaints reported by residents as well as recommendations for resolutions of identified long‑term care issues;

(9)       Prepare findings regarding public education and community involvement efforts and innovative programs being provided in long‑term care facilities; and

(10)     Provide information to public agencies, and through the State Ombudsman, to legislators, and others regarding problems encountered by residents or providers as well as recommendations for resolution. (1989, c. 403, s. 1; 1995, c. 254, s. 3; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑181.19.  Office of Regional Long‑Term Care Ombudsman; Regional Ombudsman; duties.

(a)       An Office of Regional Ombudsman Program shall be established in each of the Area Agencies on Aging, and shall be headed by a Regional Ombudsman who shall carry out the functions and duties of the Office.  The Area Agency on Aging administration shall provide administrative supervision to each Regional Ombudsman.

(b)       Pursuant to policies and procedures established by the State Office of Long‑Term Care Ombudsman, the Regional Ombudsman shall:

(1)       Promote community involvement with long‑term care facilities and residents of long‑term care facilities and serve as a liaison between residents, residents' families, facility personnel, and facility administration;

(2)       Receive and attempt to resolve complaints made by or on behalf of residents in long‑term care facilities;

(3)       Collect data about the number and types of complaints handled;

(4)       Work with long‑term care providers to resolve issues of common concern;

(5)       Work with long‑term care providers to promote increased community involvement;

(6)       Offer assistance to long‑term care providers in staff training regarding residents' rights;

(7)       Report regularly to the office of State Ombudsman about the data collected and about the activities of the Regional Ombudsman;

(8)       Provide training and technical assistance to the community advisory committees; and

(9)       Provide information to the general public on long‑term care issues. (1989, c. 403.)

 

§ 143B‑181.20.  State/Regional Long‑Term Care Ombudsman; authority to enter; cooperation of government agencies; communication with residents.

(a)       The State and Regional Ombudsman may enter any long‑term care facility and may have reasonable access to any resident in the reasonable pursuit of his function. The Ombudsman may communicate privately and confidentially with residents of the facility individually or in groups. The Ombudsman shall have access to the patient records as permitted under the Older Americans Act of 1965, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 3001 et seq., and under procedures established by the State Ombudsman pursuant to G.S. 143B‑181.18(6). Entry shall be conducted in a manner that will not significantly disrupt the provision of nursing or other care to residents and if the long‑term care facility requires registration of all visitors entering the facility, then the State or Regional Ombudsman must also register. Any State or Regional Ombudsman who discloses any information obtained from the patient's records except as permitted under the Older Americans Act of 1965, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 3001 et seq., is guilty of a Class 1 misdemeanor.

(b)       The State or Regional Ombudsman shall identify himself as such to the resident, and the resident has the right to refuse to communicate with the Ombudsman.

(c)       The resident has the right to participate in planning any course of action to be taken on his behalf by the State or Regional Ombudsman, and the resident has the right to approve or disapprove any proposed action to be taken on his behalf by the Ombudsman.

(d)       The State or Regional Ombudsman shall meet with the facility administrator or person in charge before any action is taken to allow the facility the opportunity to respond, provide additional information, or take appropriate action to resolve the concern.

(e)       The State and Regional Ombudsman may obtain from any government agency, and this agency shall provide, that cooperation, assistance, services, data, and access to files and records that will enable the Ombudsman to properly perform his duties and exercise his powers, provided this information is not privileged by law.

(f)        If the subject of the complaint involves suspected abuse, neglect, or exploitation, the State or Regional Ombudsman shall notify the county department of social services' Adult Protection Services section of the county department of social services, pursuant to Article 6 of Chapter 108A of the General Statutes. (1989, c. 403, s. 1; 1993, c. 539, s. 1038; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c); 1995, c. 254, s. 4.)

 

§ 143B‑181.21.  State/Regional Long‑Term Care Ombudsman; resolution of complaints.

(a)       Following receipt of a complaint, the State or Regional Ombudsman shall attempt to resolve the complaint using, whenever possible, informal technique of mediation, conciliation, and persuasion.

(b)       Complaints or conditions adversely affecting residents of long‑term care facilities that cannot be resolved in the manner described in subsection (a) of this section shall be referred by the State or Regional Ombudsman to the appropriate licensure agency pursuant to G.S. 131E‑100 through 110 and G.S.131D‑2. (1989, c. 403.)

 

§ 143B‑181.22.  State/Regional Long‑Term Care Ombudsman; confidentiality.

The identity of any complainant, resident on whose behalf a complaint is made, or any individual providing information on behalf of the resident or complainant relevant to the attempted resolution of the complaint along with the information produced by the process of complaint resolution is confidential and shall be disclosed only as permitted under the Older Americans Act of 1965, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 3001 et seq. (1989, c. 403, s. 1; 1995, c. 254, s. 5.)

 

§ 143B‑181.23.  State/Regional Long‑Term Care Ombudsman; prohibition of retaliation.

No person shall discriminate or retaliate in any manner against any resident or relative or guardian of a resident, any employee of a long‑term care facility, or any other person because of the making of a complaint or providing of information in good faith to the State Ombudsman or Regional Ombudsman. (1989, c. 403.)

 

§ 143B‑181.24.  Office of State/Regional Long‑Term Care Ombudsman; immunity from liability.

No representative of the Office shall be liable for good faith performance of official duties. (1989, c. 403.)

 

§ 143B‑181.25.  Office of State/Regional Long‑Term Care Ombudsman; penalty for willful interference.

Willful or unnecessary obstruction with the State or Regional Long‑Term Care Ombudsman in the performance of his official duties is a Class 1 misdemeanor. (1989, c. 403; 1993, c. 539, s. 1039; 1994, Ex. Sess., c. 24, s. 14(c).)

 

§§ 143B‑181.26 through 143B‑181.49.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

§§ 143B‑181.50 through 143B‑181.54.  Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑334, s. 3.11.

 

Part 14F.  Senior Tar Heel Legislature.

§ 143B‑181.55.  Creation, membership, meetings, organization, and adoption of measures.

(a)       There is created the North Carolina Senior Tar Heel Legislature. It shall:

(1)       Provide information and education to senior citizens on the legislative process and matters being considered by the General Assembly;

(2)       Promote citizen involvement and advocacy concerning aging issues before the General Assembly; and

(3)       Assess the legislative needs of older citizens by convening a forum modeled after the General Assembly.

(b)       The delegates to the Senior Tar Heel Legislature shall be age 60 or over and shall be duly selected pursuant to procedures developed by the Department of Health and Human Services, Division of Aging, and approved by the Secretary of the Department in consultation with senior citizens advocacy groups who have given written notice to the Division of Aging that they desire to be consulted. The Senior Tar Heel Legislative Session shall be organized and coordinated by the Division with Area Agencies on Aging organizing the local election procedures and other related matters. At the conclusion of each session, the Senior Tar Heel Legislature shall make a report of that session's proceedings and recommendations to the General Assembly. Delegates to the Senior Tar Heel Legislature shall be from each county.

(c)       The Senior Tar Heel Legislature is authorized to meet one day in March of every year beginning in 1994 but shall hold its first session no later than August 1993. The sessions shall be held in the State Capitol or in a building to be selected by the Governor or the Governor's designee. The Senior Tar Heel Legislature is authorized to adopt bylaws to govern its internal procedures and is authorized to adopt such recommendations as it deems appropriate to present to the General Assembly for consideration.

(d)       A report of the proceedings of each session of the Senior Tar Heel Legislature shall be presented to the next Regular Session of the North Carolina General Assembly. (1993, c. 503, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

Part 15.  Mental Health Advisory Council.

§§ 143B‑182 through 143B‑183:  Repealed by Session Laws 1981, c.  51, s. 13.

 

Part 16A. North Carolina Arthritis Program Committee.

§§ 143B‑184 through 143B‑185: Repealed by Session Laws 1985 (Reg.  Sess., 1986), c. 1028, s. 28.

 

Part 17. Governor's Advocacy Council on Children and Youth.

§§ 143B‑186 through 143B‑187: Transferred to §§ 143B‑414, 143B‑415 by Session Laws 1977, c. 872, s. 6.

 

Part 18. Council on Sickle Cell Syndrome.

§§ 143B‑188 through 143B‑190:  Recodified as §§ 130A‑131 through 130A‑131.2 by Session Laws 1989, c. 727, s. 179.

 

§§ 143B‑191 through 143B‑196: Repealed by Session Laws 1987, c.  822, s. 1.

 

Part 19. Commission for Human Skills and Resource Development.

§§ 143B‑197 through 143B‑201.  Repealed by Session Laws 1979, c. 504, s. 10.

 

§§ 143B‑202 through 143B‑203: Repealed by Session Laws 1989, c.  727, s. 181.

 

Part 20.  Commission of Anatomy.

§§ 143B‑204 through 143B‑206:  Recodified as §§ 130A‑33.30 through 130A‑33.32 by Session Laws 1989, c. 727, s. 182(a).

 

Part 21.  Youth Services Advisory Committee.

§§ 143B‑207 through 143B‑208: Repealed by Session Laws 1981, c.  50, s. 7.

 

Part 22.  Human Tissue Advisory Council.

§ 143B‑209.  Repealed by Session Laws 1983, c. 891, s. 10, effective January 1, 1984.

 

Part 23. North Carolina Drug Commission.

§§ 143B‑210 through 143B‑212.  Repealed by Session Laws 1981, c. 51, s. 7, effective July 1, 1981.

 

Part 24. North Carolina Council for the Hearing Impaired.

§§ 143B‑213 through 143B‑216.5B: Repealed by Session Laws 1989, c.  533, s. 1.

 

Part 25.  Nutrition Advisory Committee.

§§ 143B‑216.6 through 143B‑216.7: Repealed by Session Laws 1979, c.  504, s. 13.

 

Part 26. Governor's Council on Physical Fitness and Health.

§§ 143B‑216.8 through 143B‑216.9:  Recodified as §§ 130A‑33.40, 130A‑33.41 by Session Laws 1989, c. 727, s. 186.

 

Part 27.  Governor's Waste Management Board.

§§ 143B‑216.10 through 143B‑216.15:  Recodified as §§ 143B‑285.10 through 143B‑285.15 by Session Laws 1989, c. 727, s. 189.

 

§§ 143B‑216.16 through 143B‑216.19.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 28. North Carolina Council on the Holocaust.

§ 143B‑216.20: Recodified as G.S. 143A‑48.1(a) by Session Laws 2002‑126, s. 10.10D(a), effective October 1, 2002.

 

§ 143B‑216.21: Recodified as G.S. 143A‑48.1(b) by Session Laws 2002‑126, s. 10.10D(a), effective October 1, 2002.

 

§ 143B‑216.22: Recodified as G.S. 143A‑48.1(c) by Session Laws 2002‑126, s. 10.10D(a), effective October 1, 2002.

 

§ 143B‑216.23: Recodified as G.S. 143A‑48.1(d) by Session Laws 2002‑126, s. 10.10D(a), effective October 1, 2002.

 

§§ 143B‑216.24 through 143B‑216.29.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 29.  Council for the Deaf and the Hard of Hearing;

Division of Services for the Deaf and the Hard of Hearing.

§ 143B‑216.30.  Definitions.

The following definitions shall apply throughout this Part unless otherwise specified:

(1)       "Council" means the Council for the Deaf and the Hard of Hearing of the Department of Health and Human Services.

(2)       "Deaf" means the inability to hear and/or understand oral communication, with or without assistance of amplification devices.

(3)       "Division" means the Division of Services for the Deaf and the Hard of Hearing of the Department of Health and Human Services.

(4)       "Hard of hearing" means permanent hearing loss which is severe enough to necessitate the use of amplification devices to hear oral communication.

(5)       "Ring signaling device" means a mechanism such as a flashing light which visually indicates that a communication is being received through a telephone line. This phrase also means mechanisms such as adjustable volume ringers and buzzers which audibly and loudly indicate an incoming telephone communication.

(6)       "Speech impaired" means permanent loss of oral communication ability.

(7)       "Telecommunications device" or "TDD" means a keyboard mechanism attached to or in place of a standard telephone by some coupling device, used to transmit or receive signals through telephone lines.

(8)       "Volume control handset" means a telephone handset or other telephone listening device which has an adjustable control for increasing the volume of the sound being produced by the telephone receiving unit. (1989, c. 533, s. 2; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§ 143B‑216.31.  Council for the Deaf and the Hard of Hearing – creation and duties.

There is hereby created the Council for the Deaf and the Hard of Hearing of the Department of Health and Human Services. The Council shall have duties including the following:

(1)       To make recommendations to the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services for cost‑effective provision, coordination, and improvement of services;

(2)       To create public awareness of the specific needs and abilities of people who are deaf, hard of hearing, or deaf‑blind and to consider the need for new State programs concerning the deaf, hard of hearing, and deaf‑blind;

(3)       To advise the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services during planning and implementation of services being provided to North Carolina citizens who are deaf, hard of hearing, or deaf‑blind with respect to the quality, extent, and scope of those services;

(4)       To advise the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services and the Superintendent of the Department of Public Instruction regarding planning, implementation, and cost‑effective coordination of State programs providing educational services for persons who are deaf, hard of hearing, or deaf‑blind; and

(5)       To respond to the request of the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services for advice or recommendations pertaining to any matter affecting deaf, hard of hearing, or deaf‑blind citizens of North Carolina. (1989, c. 533, s. 2; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2003‑343, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑216.32.  Council for the Deaf and the Hard of Hearing – membership; quorum; compensation.

(a)       The Council for the Deaf and the Hard of Hearing shall consist of 28 members. Twenty members shall be members appointed by the Governor. Three members appointed by the Governor shall be persons who are deaf and three members shall be persons who are hard of hearing. One appointment shall be an educator who trains deaf education teachers and one appointment shall be an audiologist licensed under Article 22 of Chapter 90 of the General Statutes. Three appointments shall be parents of deaf or hard of hearing children including one parent of a student in a residential school; one parent of a student in a preschool program; and one parent of a student in a mainstream education program, with at least one parent coming from each region of the North Carolina schools for the deaf regions. One member appointed by the Governor shall be recommended by the President of the North Carolina Association of the Deaf; one member shall be recommended by the President of the North Carolina Deaf‑Blind Associates; one member shall be recommended by the North Carolina Chapter of Self Help for the Hard of Hearing (SHHH); one member shall be recommended by the North Carolina Black Deaf Advocates (NCBDA); one member shall be a representative from a facility that performs cochlear implants; one member shall be recommended by the President of the North Carolina Pediatric Society; one member shall be recommended by the President of the North Carolina Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf; one member shall be recommended by a local education agency; and one member shall be recommended by the Superintendent of Public Instruction. Two members shall be appointed from the House of Representatives by the Speaker of the House of Representatives and two members shall be appointed from the Senate by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate. The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall appoint four members as follows: one from the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, one from the Division of Aging, one from the Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services, and one from the Division of Social Services.

(b)       The terms of the initial members of the Council shall commence July 1, 1989. In his initial appointments, the Governor shall designate four members who shall serve terms of five years, four who shall serve terms of four years, four who shall serve terms of three years, and three who shall serve terms of two years. After the initial appointees' terms have expired, all members shall be appointed for a term of four years. No member shall serve more than two successive terms unless the member is an employee of the Department of Health and Human Services or the Department of Public Instruction representing his or her agency as a specialist in the field of service.

Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Council created by the resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

(c)       The chairman of the Council shall be designated by the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services from the Council members. The chairman shall hold this office for not more than four years.

(d)       The Council shall meet quarterly and at other times at the call of the chairman. A majority of the Council shall constitute a quorum.

(e)       Council members shall be reimbursed for expenses incurred in the performance of their duties in accordance with G.S. 138‑5.

(f)        The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services shall provide clerical and other assistance as needed. (1989, c. 533, s. 2; 1993, c. 551, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2001‑424, s. 21.81(d); 2001‑486, s. 2.14; 2003‑343, s. 2.)

 

§ 143B‑216.33.  Division of Services for the Deaf and the Hard of Hearing – creation, powers and duties.

(a)       There is hereby created within the Department of Health and Human Services, the Division of Services for the Deaf and the Hard of Hearing. The Division shall have the powers and duties including the following:

(1)       To review existing programs for persons who are deaf or hard of hearing in the State, and make recommendations to the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services and to the Superintendent of the Department of Public Instruction for improvements to such programs;

(2)       Repealed by Session Laws 1999‑237, s. 11.4(b).

(3)       To provide a network of resource centers for local access to services such as interpreters, information and referral, telephone relay, and advocacy for persons who are deaf or hard of hearing;

(4)       To collect, study, maintain, publish and disseminate information relative to all aspects of deafness;

(5)       To promote public awareness of the needs of, resources and opportunities available to persons who are deaf or hard of hearing;

(6)       To provide technical assistance to agencies and organizations in the development of services to persons who are deaf or hard of hearing;

(7)       To administer the Telecommunications Program for the Deaf pursuant to G.S. 143B‑216.34; and

(8)       To provide training and skill development programming to enhance the competence of individuals who aspire to be licensed or who are currently licensed as interpreters or transliterators under Chapter 90D of the General Statutes.

(b)       The Division shall function under the authority of the Department of Health and Human Services and the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services as provided in the Executive Organization Act of 1973 and shall perform such other duties as are assigned by the Secretary.

(c)       The Department of Health and Human Services may receive moneys from any source, including federal funds, gifts, grants and bequests which shall be expended for the purposes designated in this Part. Gifts and bequests received shall be deposited in a trust fund with the State Treasurer who shall hold them in trust in a separate account in the name of the Division. The cash balance of this account may be pooled for investment purposes, but investment earnings shall be credited pro rata to this participating account. Moneys deposited with the State Treasurer in the trust fund account pursuant to this subsection, and investment earnings thereon, are available for expenditure without further authorization from the General Assembly. Such funds shall be administered by the Division under the direction of the director and fiscal officer of the Division and will be subject to audits normally conducted with the agency.

(d)       The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services shall adopt rules to implement this Part. (1989, c. 533, s. 2; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 1999‑237, s. 11.4(b); 2002‑182, s. 5; 2003‑56, s. 3.)

 

§ 143B‑216.34.  Division of Services for the Deaf and the Hard of Hearing – temporary loan program established.

(a)       There is established an assistive equipment loan program for the deaf, hard of hearing, and speech impaired to be developed, administered, and implemented by the Division of Services for the Deaf and the Hard of Hearing. The assistive equipment loan program supplements the telecommunications equipment distribution program established pursuant to G.S. 62‑157.

(b)       The Division shall develop rules for the distribution of the communications and alerting equipment and shall determine performance standards. The Division shall select equipment for distribution to qualifying recipients. The equipment discussed in this section shall be leased at no cost to qualifying recipients for a period of time up to and not exceeding two years. Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent the renewal of any lease previously executed with a qualified recipient. In addition, the Division shall provide consultative services and training to those individuals and organizations utilizing communications and alerting equipment pursuant to this section.

(c)       The central communications office of each county sheriff's department shall purchase and continually operate at least one telecommunications device that is functionally equivalent in providing equal access to services for individuals who are deaf, hard of hearing, deaf‑blind, and speech impaired.

The central communications office of each police department and firefighting agency in municipalities with a population of 25,000 to 250,000 shall purchase and continually operate at least one such device.

The central communications office of each police department and firefighting agency in municipalities with a population exceeding 250,000 persons shall purchase and continually operate at least two such devices.

(d)       Each public safety office, health care facility (including hospitals and urgent care facilities), and the 911 emergency number system is required to obtain a telecommunications device that is functionally equivalent in providing equal access to services for individuals who are deaf, hard of hearing, and speech impaired pursuant to this section and shall continually operate and staff the equipment during hours of operation, including up to 24 hours. (1989, c. 533, s. 2; 2007‑149, s. 1.)

 

§§ 143B‑216.35 through 143B‑216.39.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 30. State Schools for Hearing‑impaired Children.

§ 143B‑216.40.  Establishment; operations.

There are established, and there shall be maintained, the following schools for the deaf: the Eastern North Carolina School for the Deaf at Wilson (K‑12) and the North Carolina School for the Deaf at Morganton (K‑12). The Department of Health and Human Services shall be responsible for the operation and maintenance of the schools. (1891, c. 399, s. 1; Rev., s. 4202; 1915, c. 14; C. S., s. 5888; 1957, c. 1433; 1963, c. 448, s. 28; 1969, c. 1279; 1971, c. 1000; 1973, c. 476, s. 165; 1981, c. 423, s. 1; c. 635, s. 2; 1997‑18, s. 12; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2001‑424, s. 21.81(b); 2006‑69, s. 3(q).)

 

§ 143B‑216.41.  Pupils admitted; education.

(a)       The Department of Health and Human Services may consider for admission all deaf and deaf/multidisabled children into the schools for the deaf who meet the following criteria and in accordance with federal and State law and rules adopted by the Office of Education Services:

(1)       The child has been referred by the child's local education agency and an admission is deemed appropriate by the child's Individualized Education Program (IEP) Team.

(2)       The child is a resident of this State, except as provided in subsection (b) of this section.

(3)       The child is at least five years of age but not older than 21 years of age.

(b)       Nonresident deaf or deaf/multidisabled children may be admitted to the schools for the deaf in accordance with rules adopted by the Office of Education Services if the admission does not prevent the attendance of any deaf or deaf/multidisabled child who is a resident of the State. Only children who are residents of North Carolina are entitled to free tuition and room and board.

(c)       The Department, through the Office of Education Services, shall provide unique instructional programs to meet the needs of all students admitted to the schools for the deaf. The Department shall encourage the State to provide classrooms with modern auditory training equipment, audiovisual media equipment, and any other special equipment to provide the best educational conditions for the deaf and deaf/multidisabled.

(d)       The Department, through the Office of Education Services, shall do the following:

(1)       Maintain a collaborative relationship with institutions of higher education to provide teacher‑training opportunities.

(2)       Provide for a comprehensive vocational and technical training program as directed in the transition component of the Individualized Education Programs of students. (1961, c. 968; 1963, c. 448, s. 28; 1969, c. 1279; 1971, c. 1000; 1973, c. 476, s. 165; 1981, c. 423, s. 1; 1983 (Reg. Sess., 1984), c. 1034, s. 23; 1985, c. 780, s. 3; 1997‑18, s. 12; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a); 2003‑253, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑216.42.  Free textbooks and State purchase and rental system.

The Schools for the Deaf shall have the right and privilege of participating in the distribution of free textbooks and in the purchase and rental system operated by the State of North Carolina in the same manner as any other public school in the State. (1943, c. 205; 1963, c. 448, s. 28; 1971, c. 1000; 1981, c. 423, s. 1; 1997‑18, s. 12.)

 

§ 143B‑216.43.  Agreements with local governing authorities.

The Department is authorized to make such agreements with the governing authority of any municipality, or of any county, as may be mutually agreed upon, to promote convenience and economy for joint water supply, lighted areas, use of sewage facilities, or any other utilities or facilities that may be necessary and as may be agreed upon. (1891, c. 399, ss. 8‑10; Rev., s. 4205; C.S., s. 5893; 1963, c. 448, s. 28; 1971, c. 1000; 1973, c. 476, s. 165; 1981, c. 423, s. 1; 1997‑18, s. 12.)

 

§ 143B‑216.44.  Fees for athletic programs; appeal.

The Secretary of Health and Human Services may establish by regulation fees not to exceed one hundred dollars ($100.00) per year to support the athletic program and after school student activities and an appeal process under Chapter 150B by which a student unable to pay may prove that he is unable to pay and be relieved of the fee. (1981, c. 562, s. 3; c. 912, s. 2; 1987, c. 827, s. 1; 1997‑443, s. 11A.118(a).)

 

§§ 143B‑216.45 through 143B‑216.49.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 31.  Office of the Internal Auditor.

§ 143B‑216.50.  Department of Health and Human Services; office of the Internal Auditor.

(a)       The office of Internal Auditor is established in the Department of Health and Human Services. The office of the Internal Auditor shall provide independent reviews and analyses of various functions and programs within the Department that will provide management information to promote accountability, integrity, and efficiency within the Department.

(b)       It shall be the duty and responsibility of the Internal Auditor to:

(1)       Advise in the development of performance measure, standards, and procedures for the evaluation of the Department;

(2)       Assess the reliability and validity of performance measures and the information provided by the Department on performance measures and standards and make recommendations for improvement, if necessary;

(3)       Review the actions taken by the Department of Health and Human Services to improve program performance and meet program standards and make recommendations for improvement, if necessary;

(4)       Provide direction for, supervise, and coordinate audits, investigations, and management reviews relating to programs and operations of the Department;

(5)       Conduct independent analysis of programs carried out or financed by the Department of Health and Human Services for the purpose of promoting economy and efficiency in the administration of, or preventing and detecting waste, management, misconduct, fraud and abuse in its programs and operations;

(6)       Keep the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services informed concerning fraud, abuses, and deficiencies relating to programs and operations administered or financed by the Department of Health and Human Services, recommend corrective action concerning fraud, abuses, and deficiencies, and report on the progress made in implementing corrective action;

(7)       Ensure effective coordination and cooperation between the State Auditor, federal auditors, and other governmental bodies with a view toward avoiding duplication; and

(8)       Ensure that an appropriate balance is maintained between audit, investigative, and other accountability activities.

(c)       The Internal Auditor shall be appointed by the Secretary. The Internal Auditor shall be appointed without regard to political affiliation.

(d)       The Internal Auditor shall report to an official designated by the Secretary.

(e)       The Internal Auditor shall have access to any records, data, or other information of the Department the Internal Auditor believes necessary to carry out the Internal Auditor's duties. (1997‑443, s. 12.21(c).)

 

§ 143B‑216.51.  Department of Health and Human Services office of the Internal Auditor; Department audits.

(a)       To ensure that Department audits are performed in accordance with applicable auditing standards, the Internal Auditor shall possess the following qualifications:

(1)       A bachelors degree from an accredited college or university with a major in accounting, or with a major in business which includes five courses in accounting, and five years' experience as an internal auditor or independent postauditor, electronic data processing auditor, accountant, or any combination thereof. The experience shall, at a minimum, consist of audits of units of government or private business enterprises operating for profit or not for profit;

(2)       A masters degree in accounting, business administration, or public administration from an accredited college or university and four years of experience as required in subdivision (1) of this subsection; or

(3)       A certified public accountant license issued pursuant to law or a certified internal audit certificate issued by the Institute of Internal Auditors or earned by examination, and four years' experience as required in subdivision (1) of this subsection.

The Internal Auditor shall, to the extent both necessary and practicable, include on the Internal Auditor's staff individuals with electronic data processing auditing experience.

(b)       In carrying out the auditing duties and responsibilities of this Part, the Internal Auditor shall review and evaluate internal controls necessary to ensure the fiscal accountability of the Department. The Internal Auditor shall conduct financial, compliance, electronic data processing, and performance audits of the Department and prepare audit reports of findings. The scope and assignment of the audits shall be determined by the Internal Auditor; however, the Secretary may at any time direct the Internal Auditor to perform an audit of a special program, function, or organizational unit. The performance of the audit shall be under the direction of the Internal Audit.

(c)       Audits undertaken pursuant to this Part shall be conducted in accordance with auditing standards prescribed by the State Auditor. All audit reports issued by internal audit staff shall include a statement that the audit was conducted pursuant to these standards.

(d)       The Internal Auditor shall maintain, for 10 years, a complete file of all audit reports and reports of other examinations, investigations, surveys, and reviews issued under the Internal Auditor's authority. Audit work papers and other evidence and related supportive material directly pertaining to the work of his office shall be retained according to an agreement between the Internal Auditor and State Archives. To promote cooperation and avoid unnecessary duplication of audit effort, audit work papers related to issued audit reports shall be, unless otherwise prohibited by law, made available for inspection by duly authorized representatives of the State and federal governments in connection with some matter officially before them. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, or upon subpoena issued by a duly authorized court or court official, audit work papers shall be kept confidential. Audit reports shall be public records to the extent that they do not include information which, under State laws, is confidential and exempt from Chapter 132 of the General Statutes or would compromise the security systems of the Department.

(e)       The Internal Auditor shall submit the final report to the Secretary.

(f)        The State Auditor shall review a sample of the Department's internal audit reports and related work papers when determined by the State Auditor that, when conducting audits, it would be efficient to consider the work of the Internal Auditor. If the State Auditor finds deficiencies in the work of the Internal Auditor, the State Auditor shall include a statement of these findings in the audit report of the Department. The office of the Internal Auditor will cause to be made an external quality control review at least once every three years by a qualified organization not affiliated with the office of the Internal Auditor. The external quality review should determine whether the Department's internal quality control system is in place and operating effectively to provide reasonable assurance that established policies and procedures and applicable audit standards are being followed.

(g)       The Internal Auditor shall monitor the implementation of the Department's response to any audit of the Department conducted by the State Auditor pursuant to law. No later than six months after the State Auditor publishes a report of the audit of the Department, the Internal Auditor shall report to the Secretary on the status of corrective actions taken. A copy of the report shall be filed with the Joint Legislative Commission on Governmental Operations.

(h)       The Internal Auditor shall develop long‑term and annual audit plans based on the findings of periodic risk assessments. The plan, where appropriate, should include postaudit samplings of payments and accounts. The plan shall show the individual audits to be conducted during each year and related resources to be devoted to the respective audits. The State Controller may utilize audits performed by the Internal Auditor. The plan shall be submitted to the Secretary for approval. A copy of the approved plan shall be submitted to the State Auditor. (1997‑443, s. 12.21(c).)

 

§§ 143B‑216.52 through 143B‑216.59.  Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 32. Heart Disease and Stroke Prevention Task Force.

§ 143B‑216.60.  The Justus‑Warren Heart Disease and Stroke Prevention Task Force.

(a)       The Justus‑Warren Heart Disease and Stroke Prevention Task Force is created in the Department of Health and Human Services.

(b)       The Task Force shall have 27 members. The Governor shall appoint the Chair, and the Vice‑Chair shall be elected by the Task Force. The Director of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Director of the Division of Medical Assistance in the Department of Health and Human Services, and the Director of the Division of Aging in the Department of Health and Human Services, or their designees, shall be members of the Task Force. Appointments to the Task Force shall be made as follows:

(1)       By the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, as follows:

a.         Three members of the Senate;

b.         A heart attack survivor;

c.         A local health director;

d.         A certified health educator;

e.         A hospital administrator; and

f.          A representative of the North Carolina Association of Area Agencies on Aging.

(2)       By the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives, as follows:

a.         Three members of the House of Representatives;

b.         A stroke survivor;

c.         A county commissioner;

d.         A licensed dietitian/nutritionist;

e.         A pharmacist; and

f.          A registered nurse.

(3)       By the Governor, as follows:

a.         A practicing family physician, pediatrician, or internist;

b.         A president or chief executive officer of a business upon recommendation of a North Carolina wellness council which is a member of the Wellness Councils of America;

c.         A news director of a newspaper or television or radio station;

d.         A volunteer of the North Carolina Affiliate of the American Heart Association;

e.         A representative from the North Carolina Cooperative Extension Service;

f.          A representative of the Governor's Council on Physical Fitness and Health; and

g.         Two members at large.

(c)       Each appointing authority shall assure insofar as possible that its appointees to the Task Force reflect the composition of the North Carolina population with regard to ethnic, racial, age, gender, and religious composition.

(d)       The General Assembly and the Governor shall make their appointments to the Task Force not later than 30 days after the adjournment of the 1995 General Assembly, Regular Session 1995. A vacancy on the Task Force shall be filled by the original appointing authority, using the criteria set out in this section for the original appointment.

(e)       The Task Force shall meet at least quarterly or more frequently at the call of the Chair.

(f)        The Task Force Chair may establish committees for the purpose of making special studies pursuant to its duties, and may appoint non‑Task Force members to serve on each committee as resource persons. Resource persons shall be voting members of the committees and shall receive subsistence and travel expenses in accordance with G.S. 138‑5 and G.S. 138‑6. Committees may meet with the frequency needed to accomplish the purposes of this section.

(g)       Members of the Task Force shall receive per diem and necessary travel and subsistence expenses in accordance with G.S. 120‑3.1, 138‑5 and 138‑6, as applicable.

(h)       A majority of the Task Force shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of its business.

(i)        The Task Force may use funds allocated to it to establish two positions and for other expenditures needed to assist the Task Force in carrying out its duties.

(j)        The Task Force has the following duties:

(1)       To undertake a statistical and qualitative examination of the incidence of and causes of heart disease and stroke deaths and risks, including identification of subpopulations at highest risk for developing heart disease and stroke, and establish a profile of the heart disease and stroke burden in North Carolina.

(2)       To publicize the profile of the heart disease and stroke burden and its preventability in North Carolina.

(3)       To identify priority strategies which are effective in preventing and controlling risks for heart disease and stroke.

(4)       To identify, examine limitations of, and recommend to the Governor and the General Assembly changes to existing laws, regulations, programs, services, and policies to enhance heart disease and stroke prevention by and for the people of North Carolina.

(5)       To determine and recommend to the Governor and the General Assembly the funding and strategies needed to enact new or to modify existing laws, regulations, programs, services, and policies to enhance heart disease and stroke prevention by and for the people of North Carolina.

(6)       To adopt and promote a statewide comprehensive Heart Disease and Stroke Prevention Plan to the general public, State and local elected officials, various public and private organizations and associations, businesses and industries, agencies, potential funders, and other community resources.

(7)       To identify and facilitate specific commitments to help implement the Plan from the entities listed in subdivision (6) above.

(8)       To facilitate coordination of and communication among State and local agencies and organizations regarding current or future involvement in achieving the aims of the Heart Disease and Stroke Prevention Plan.

(9)       To receive and consider reports and testimony from individuals, local health departments, community‑based organizations, voluntary health organizations, and other public and private organizations statewide, to learn more about their contributions to heart disease and stroke prevention, and their ideas for improving heart disease and stroke prevention in North Carolina.

(10)     Establish and maintain a Stroke Advisory Council, which shall advise the Task Force regarding the development of a statewide system of stroke care that shall include, among other items, a system for identifying and disseminating information about the location of primary stroke centers.

(k)       Notwithstanding Section 11.57 of S.L. 1999‑237, the Task Force shall submit a final report to the Governor and the General Assembly by June 30, 2003, and a report to each subsequent regular legislative session within one week of its convening. (1995‑507, s. 26.9; 1997‑443, ss. 11A‑122, 11A‑123; 2001‑424, s. 21.95; 2002‑126, s. 10.45; 2003‑284, s. 10.33B; 2006‑197, s. 1.)

 

§§ 143B‑216.61 through 143B‑216.64: Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 33. North Carolina Traumatic Brain Injury Advisory Council.

§ 143B‑216.65.  North Carolina Traumatic Brain Injury Advisory Council – creation and duties.

There is established the North Carolina Traumatic Brain Injury Advisory Council in the Department of Health and Human Services. The Council shall have duties including the following:

(1)       Review how the term "traumatic brain injury" is defined by State and federal regulations and to determine whether changes should be made to the State definition to include "acquired brain injury" or other appropriate conditions.

(2)       Promote interagency coordination among State agencies responsible for services and support of individuals that have sustained traumatic brain injury.

(3)       Study the needs of individuals with traumatic brain injury and their families.

(4)       Make recommendations to the Governor, the General Assembly, and the Secretary of Health and Human Services regarding the planning, development, funding, and implementation of a comprehensive statewide service delivery system.

(5)       Promote and implement injury prevention strategies across the State. (2003‑114, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑216.66.  North Carolina Traumatic Brain Injury Advisory Council – membership; quorum; compensation.

(a)       The Council shall consist of 29 members, appointed as follows:

(1)       Three members by the General Assembly, upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, as follows:

a.         The Executive Director, or designee thereof, of the Brain Injury Association of North Carolina.

b.         A nurse with expertise in trauma, neurosurgery, neuropsychology, physical medicine and rehabilitation, or emergency medicine.

c.         A physician with expertise in trauma, neurosurgery, neuropsychology, physical medicine and rehabilitation, or emergency medicine.

(2)       Three members by the General Assembly, upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives, as follows:

a.         The Chair of the Board, or designee thereof, of the Brain Injury Association of North Carolina.

b.         A nurse with expertise in trauma, neurosurgery, neuropsychology, physical medicine and rehabilitation, or emergency medicine.

c.         A physician with expertise in trauma, neurosurgery, neuropsychology, physical medicine and rehabilitation, or emergency medicine.

(3)       Eleven members by the Governor, as follows:

a.         Three survivors of brain injury, one each representing the eastern, central, and western regions of the State.

b.         Three family members of persons with brain injury.

c.         A brain injury service provider in private practice.

d.         The director of an area program or county program of mental health, developmental disabilities, and substance abuse services.

e.         The Executive Director, or designee thereof, of the North Carolina Academy of Trial Lawyers.

f.          The Executive Vice President, or designee thereof, of the North Carolina Medical Society.

g.         The President, or designee thereof, of the North Carolina Hospital Association.

(4)       Eight members by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, one from each of the following:

a.         The Division of Mental Health, Developmental Disabilities, and Substance Abuse Services.

b.         The Division of Vocational Rehabilitation.

c.         The Council on Developmental Disabilities.

d.         The Division of Medical Assistance.

e.         The Division of Health Service Regulation.

f.          The Division of Social Services.

g.         The Office of Emergency Medical Services.

h.         The Division of Public Health.

(5)       Two members by the Superintendent of Public Instruction, at least one of whom is from the Division of Exceptional Children.

(6)       One member by the Commissioner of Insurance.

(7)       One member by the Secretary of Administration representing veterans affairs.

(b)       The terms of the initial members of the Council shall commence October 1, 2003. In his initial appointments, the Governor shall designate four members who shall serve terms of four years, four members who shall serve terms of three years, and three members who shall serve terms of two years. After the initial appointees' terms have expired, all members shall be appointed for a term of four years. No member appointed by the Governor shall serve more than two successive terms.

Any appointment to fill a vacancy on the Council created by the resignation, dismissal, death, or disability of a member shall be for the balance of the unexpired term.

(c)       The chair of the Council shall be designated by the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services from the Council members. The chair shall hold this office for not more than four years.

(d)       The Council shall meet quarterly and at other times at the call of the chair. A majority of the Council shall constitute a quorum.

(e)       Council members shall be reimbursed for expenses incurred in the performance of their duties in accordance with G.S. 138‑5 and G.S. 138‑6, as applicable.

(f)        The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services shall provide clerical and other assistance as needed. (2003‑114, s. 1; 2007‑182, s. 1.)

 

§ 143B‑216.67: Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

§ 143B‑216.68: Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

§ 143B‑216.69: Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 34. Office of Policy and Planning.

§ 143B‑216.70.  Office of Policy and Planning.

(a)       To promote coordinated policy development and strategic planning for the State's health and human services systems, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall establish an Office of Policy and Planning from existing resources across the Department. The Director of the Office of Policy and Planning shall report directly to the Secretary and shall have the following responsibilities:

(1)       Coordinate the development of departmental policies, plans, and rules, in consultation with the Divisions of the Department.

(2)       Development of a departmental process for the development and implementation of new policies, plans, and rules.

(3)       Development of a departmental process for the review of existing policies, plans, and rules to ensure that departmental policies, plans, and rules are relevant.

(4)       Coordination and review of all departmental policies before dissemination to ensure that all policies are well‑coordinated within and across all programs.

(5)       Implementation of ongoing strategic planning that integrates budget, personnel, and resources with the mission and operational goals of the Department.

(6)       Review, disseminate, monitor, and evaluate best practice models.

(b)       Under the direction of the Secretary of Health and Human Services, the Director of the Office of Policy and Planning shall have the authority to direct Divisions, offices, and programs within the Department to conduct periodic reviews of policies, plans, and rules and shall advise the Secretary when it is determined to be appropriate or necessary to modify, amend, and repeal departmental policies, plans, and rules. All policy and management positions within the Office of Policy and Planning are exempt positions as that term is defined in G.S. 126‑5. (2005‑276, s. 10.2.)

 

§ 143B‑216.71: Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

§ 143B‑216.72: Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 34A. North Carolina Energy Assistance Act for Low‑Income Persons.

§ 143B‑216.72A.  Legislative findings and purpose.

(a)       The General Assembly finds that:

(1)       Maintaining the general health, welfare, and prosperity of the people of this State requires that all citizens receive essential levels of heat and electric service regardless of their economic circumstances.

(2)       Serving the State's most vulnerable citizens, its low‑income elderly, persons with disabilities, families with children, high residential energy users, and households with a high‑energy burden, is a priority.

(3)       Conserving energy benefits all citizens and the environment.

(4)       Ensuring proper payment to public utilities and other entities providing energy services actually rendered is a responsibility of this State.

(5)       Declining federal low‑income energy assistance funding necessitates a State response to ensure the continuity and further development of energy assistance and related policies and programs in this State.

(6)       Current energy assistance policies and programs have benefited North Carolina citizens and should be continued with the modifications provided in this Part.

(b)       The General Assembly declares that it is the policy of this State that weatherization, replacement of heating and cooling systems, and other energy‑related assistance programs be utilized to increase the energy efficiency of dwellings owned or occupied by low‑income persons, reduce their total residential expenditures, and improve their health and safety. The State shall utilize all appropriate and available means to fund the Weatherization Assistance Program for Low‑Income Families and the Heating/Air Repair and Replacement Program under G.S. 108A‑70.30, and any other energy‑related assistance program for low‑income persons while, to the extent possible, identifying and utilizing sources of funding to achieve the objectives of this Part. (2006‑206, s. 2.)

 

§ 143B‑216.72B.  Definitions.

The following definitions apply to this Part:

(1)       Applicant. – A member of the family residing in the dwelling unit, the owner, or designated agent of the owner of a dwelling unit applying for program services.

(2)       Department. – The Department of Health and Human Services.

(3)       Secretary. – The Secretary of Health and Human Services.

(4)       Subgrantee. – An entity managing a weatherization project that receives a federal grant of funds awarded pursuant to 10 C.F.R. § 440 (1 January 2006 edition) from this State or other entity named in the Notification of Grant Award and otherwise referred to as the grantee.

(5)       Weatherization. – The modification of homes and home heating and cooling systems to improve heating and cooling efficiency by caulking and weather stripping, as well as insulating ceilings, attics, walls, and floors. (2006‑206, s. 2.)

 

§ 143B‑216.72C.  The Office of Economic Opportunity designated agency; powers and duties.

(a)       The Office of Economic Opportunity of the Department shall administer the Weatherization Assistance Program for Low‑Income Families established by 42 U.S.C. § 6861, et seq., and 42 U.S.C. § 7101, et seq.; the Heating/Air Repair and Replacement Program established by the Secretary under G.S. 108A‑70.30; and any other energy‑related assistance program for the benefit of low‑income persons in existing housing. The Office of Economic Opportunity shall exercise the following powers and duties:

(1)       Establish standards and criteria to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Part.

(2)       Develop policy, criteria, and standards for receiving and processing applications for weatherization assistance.

(3)       Make decisions and pursue appeals from decisions to accept or deny applications for weatherization, replacement of heating and cooling systems, and other energy‑related assistance programs or otherwise participate in the State plan as a subgrantee or contractor.

(4)       Adopt rules, consistent with the laws of this State, that may be required by the federal government for grants‑in‑aid for the Weatherization Assistance Program for Low‑Income Families, the Heating/Air Repair and Replacement Program, or other energy‑related assistance programs for the benefit of low‑income residents in existing housing. This section shall be liberally construed in order that this State and its citizens may benefit from such grants‑in‑aid.

(5)       Establish procedures for the submission of periodic reports by any community action agency or other agency or entity authorized to manage a weatherization project, replacement of heating and cooling systems, or other energy‑related assistance project.

(6)       Implement criteria for periodic review of weatherization, replacement of heating and cooling systems, or other energy‑related programs in existing housing for low‑income households.

(7)       Solicit, accept, hold, and administer on behalf of this State any grants or bequests of money, securities, or property for the benefit of low‑income residents in existing housing for use by the Department or other agencies in the administration of this Part.

(8)       Create a Policy Advisory Council within the Office of Economic Opportunity that shall advise the Office of Economic Opportunity with respect to the development and implementation of a Weatherization Program for Low‑Income Families, the Heating/Air Repair and Replacement Program, and any other energy‑related assistance program for the benefit of low‑income persons in existing housing.

(b)       The Secretary shall have final decision‑making authority with regard to all functions described in this Part. (2006‑206, s. 2.)

 

§ 143B‑216.73: Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

§ 143B‑216.74: Reserved for future codification purposes.

 

Part 35. Governor's Commission on Early Childhood Vision Care.

§ 143B‑216.75.  Governor's Commission on Early Childhood Vision Care.

(a)       There is established the Governor's Commission on Early Childhood Vision Care ("Commission"). The Commission shall be located in the Department of Health and Human Services for administrative and budgetary purposes only.

(b)       The Commission shall consist of 10 members appointed as follows:

(1)       Four optometrists, two ophthalmologists, and one general pediatrician or a family physician who provides services to children, each of whom is licensed to practice in this State, and one school nurse who is certified by the Prevent Blindness North Carolina Board, appointed by the Governor. Among the optometrists and ophthalmologists appointed by the Governor, one shall be a currently serving member of the Prevent Blindness North Carolina Board;

(2)       One optometrist licensed to practice in this State appointed by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the Speaker of the House of Representatives; and

(3)       One ophthalmologist licensed to practice in this State appointed by the General Assembly upon the recommendation of the President Pro Tempore of the Senate.

The initial members appointed by the General Assembly shall each serve a one‑year term. The initial members appointed by the Governor shall each serve a two‑year term. Subsequent appointments shall be for three‑year terms. Vacancies shall be filled by the original appointing authority.

(c)       The Commission shall adopt rules to implement and administer the Governor's Vision Care Program established under this section. The rules shall address:

(1)       Accepting and processing of applications by families for Program services.

(2)       Establishment and verification of applicant income eligibility.

(3)       Reimbursement to providers for services provided to eligible participants.

(4)       Informing providers and the general public about the Program.

(5)       Other duties necessary to implement the purposes and requirements of this section, including the development of a comprehensive eye examination transmittal form required under G.S. 130A‑440.1.

The Commission shall develop alternative ways for providing services to children who qualify for the Program when funding for Program services has been exhausted.

The Commission shall prepare written information for providers conducting vision screening. The written information shall state, in effect: "Vision screening is not a substitute for a comprehensive eye examination." The Commission shall provide copies of this information to providers so that the provider may give a copy to the parent, guardian, or person standing in loco parentis.

(d)       Commission members who are officials or employees of the State or local government agencies shall be paid per diem, subsistence, and travel expenses in accordance with G.S. 138‑6. All other Commission members shall be paid in accordance with G.S. 138‑5.

(e)       The Chair of the Commission shall be an ophthalmologist or optometrist appointed by the Governor to serve alternately from year to year. The Commission shall meet upon the call of the Chair. A majority of the Commission members shall constitute a quorum. The Department of Health and Human Services shall provide meeting space and staff to assist the Commission. (2005‑276, s. 10.59F(d); 2005‑345, s. 20(d); 2006‑240, s. 2(a).)

 

Article 4.

Department of Revenue.

Part 1. General Provisions.

§ 143B‑217.  Department of Revenue – creation.

There is hereby recreated and reestablished a department to be known as the "Department of Revenue" with the organization, duties, functions, and powers defined in the Executive Organization Act of 1973. (1973, c. 476, s. 184.)

 

§ 143B‑218.  Department of Revenue – duties.

It shall be the duty of the Department to collect and account for the State's tax funds, to insure uniformity of administration of the tax laws and regulations, to conduct research on revenue matters, and to exercise general and specific supervision over the valuation and taxation of property throughout the State. (1973, c. 476, s. 185; 1981, c. 859, s. 81; c. 1127, s. 53.)

 

§ 143B‑218.1: Recodified as § 105‑256(a)(6) by Session Laws 2001‑414, s. 25.

 

§ 143B‑219.  Department of Revenue – functions.

(a)       The functions of the Department of Revenue shall comprise, except as otherwise expressly provided by the Executive Organization Act of 1973 or by the Constitution of North Carolina, all executive functions of the State in relation to revenue collection, tax research, tax settlement, and property tax supervision including those prescribed powers, duties and functions enumerated in Article 16 of Chapter 143A of the General Statutes of this State.

(b)       All functions, powers, duties, and obligations heretofore vested in any agency enumerated in Article 16 of Chapter 143A of the General Statutes are hereby transferred to and vested in the Department of Revenue, except as otherwise provided by the Executive Organization Act of 1973. They shall include, by way of extension and not of limitation, the functions of:

(1)       The Commissioner and Department of Revenue,

(2)       The Department of Tax Rese